Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1 | ---------------------- |
| 2 | HAProxy |
| 3 | Configuration Manual |
| 4 | ---------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | f459b42 | 2009-03-29 15:26:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 5 | version 1.3.17 |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 6 | willy tarreau |
Willy Tarreau | f459b42 | 2009-03-29 15:26:57 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 7 | 2009/03/29 |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 8 | |
| 9 | |
| 10 | This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version |
| 11 | specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 12 | documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 13 | |
Willy Tarreau | 41a340d | 2008-01-22 12:25:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 14 | Note to documentation contributors : this document is formated with 80 columns |
| 15 | per line, with even number of spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please |
| 16 | follow these rules strictly so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If |
| 17 | a line needs to be printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with |
| 18 | a backslash ('\') and continue on next line. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 19 | |
| 20 | HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters : |
| 21 | |
| 22 | - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence |
| 23 | - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters |
| 24 | - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen", |
| 25 | "frontend" and "backend". |
| 26 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 27 | The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword |
| 28 | referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters |
| 29 | delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be |
| 30 | preceeded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be |
| 31 | escaped by doubling them. |
| 32 | |
| 33 | Some parameters involve values representating time, such as timeouts. These |
| 34 | values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated |
| 35 | otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the |
| 36 | numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated |
| 37 | for every keyword. Supported units are : |
| 38 | |
| 39 | - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second |
| 40 | - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default. |
| 41 | - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms |
| 42 | - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms |
| 43 | - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms |
| 44 | - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms |
| 45 | |
| 46 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 47 | 1. Global parameters |
| 48 | -------------------- |
| 49 | |
| 50 | Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They |
| 51 | are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some |
| 52 | of them have command-line equivalents. |
| 53 | |
| 54 | The following keywords are supported in the "global" section : |
| 55 | |
| 56 | * Process management and security |
| 57 | - chroot |
| 58 | - daemon |
| 59 | - gid |
| 60 | - group |
| 61 | - log |
| 62 | - nbproc |
| 63 | - pidfile |
| 64 | - uid |
| 65 | - ulimit-n |
| 66 | - user |
Willy Tarreau | fbee713 | 2007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 67 | - stats |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 68 | |
| 69 | * Performance tuning |
| 70 | - maxconn |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 71 | - maxpipes |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 72 | - noepoll |
| 73 | - nokqueue |
| 74 | - nopoll |
| 75 | - nosepoll |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 76 | - nosplice |
Willy Tarreau | fe255b7 | 2007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 77 | - spread-checks |
Willy Tarreau | a0250ba | 2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 78 | - tune.maxaccept |
| 79 | - tune.maxpollevents |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 80 | |
| 81 | * Debugging |
| 82 | - debug |
| 83 | - quiet |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 84 | |
| 85 | |
| 86 | 1.1) Process management and security |
| 87 | ------------------------------------ |
| 88 | |
| 89 | chroot <jail dir> |
| 90 | Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before |
| 91 | dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown |
| 92 | vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the |
| 93 | attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started |
| 94 | with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both |
| 95 | empty and unwritable to anyone. |
| 96 | |
| 97 | daemon |
| 98 | Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of |
| 99 | operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be |
| 100 | disabled by the command line "-db" argument. |
| 101 | |
| 102 | gid <number> |
| 103 | Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group |
| 104 | ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must |
| 105 | be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges. |
| 106 | See also "group" and "uid". |
| 107 | |
| 108 | group <group name> |
| 109 | Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group. |
| 110 | See also "gid" and "user". |
| 111 | |
| 112 | log <address> <facility> [max level] |
| 113 | Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They |
| 114 | will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies |
Robert Tsai | 81ae195 | 2007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 115 | configured with "log global". |
| 116 | |
| 117 | <address> can be one of: |
| 118 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 119 | - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If |
Robert Tsai | 81ae195 | 2007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 120 | no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog |
| 121 | port). |
| 122 | |
| 123 | - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind |
| 124 | considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside |
| 125 | the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately |
| 126 | writeable). |
| 127 | |
| 128 | <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities : |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 129 | |
| 130 | kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news |
| 131 | uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2 |
| 132 | local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7 |
| 133 | |
| 134 | An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default, |
| 135 | all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only messages with a severity |
| 136 | at least as important as this level will be sent. 8 levels are known : |
| 137 | |
| 138 | emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug |
| 139 | |
| 140 | nbproc <number> |
| 141 | Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon" |
| 142 | mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode |
| 143 | of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per |
| 144 | process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES |
| 145 | IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon". |
| 146 | |
| 147 | pidfile <pidfile> |
| 148 | Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to |
| 149 | the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user |
| 150 | starting the process. See also "daemon". |
| 151 | |
Willy Tarreau | fbee713 | 2007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 152 | stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>] |
| 153 | Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously |
| 154 | existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket |
| 155 | will get a CSV-formated output of the process statistics in response to the |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 156 | "show stat" command followed by a line feed, more general process information |
| 157 | in response to the "show info" command followed by a line feed, and a |
| 158 | complete list of all existing sessions in response to the "show sess" command |
| 159 | followed by a line feed. |
Willy Tarreau | a8efd36 | 2008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 160 | |
| 161 | On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this |
| 162 | socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and |
| 163 | group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to |
| 164 | restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode" |
| 165 | keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on |
| 166 | the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the |
| 167 | user the process is started with. |
Willy Tarreau | fbee713 | 2007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 168 | |
| 169 | stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds> |
| 170 | The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible |
| 171 | to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in |
Willy Tarreau | befdff1 | 2007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 172 | milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. |
Willy Tarreau | fbee713 | 2007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 173 | |
| 174 | stats maxconn <connections> |
| 175 | By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is |
| 176 | possible to change this value with "stats maxconn". |
| 177 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 178 | uid <number> |
| 179 | Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID |
| 180 | is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must |
| 181 | be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another |
| 182 | one. See also "gid" and "user". |
| 183 | |
| 184 | ulimit-n <number> |
| 185 | Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By |
| 186 | default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this |
| 187 | option. |
| 188 | |
| 189 | user <user name> |
| 190 | Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd. |
| 191 | See also "uid" and "group". |
| 192 | |
| 193 | |
| 194 | 1.2) Performance tuning |
| 195 | ----------------------- |
| 196 | |
| 197 | maxconn <number> |
| 198 | Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It |
| 199 | is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting |
| 200 | connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is |
| 201 | automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n". |
| 202 | |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 203 | maxpipes <number> |
| 204 | Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes |
| 205 | are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file |
| 206 | descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default |
| 207 | value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages. |
| 208 | The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back |
| 209 | to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance. |
| 210 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 211 | noepoll |
| 212 | Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is |
| 213 | equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system |
| 214 | used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll". |
| 215 | |
| 216 | nokqueue |
| 217 | Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is |
| 218 | equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system |
| 219 | used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll". |
| 220 | |
| 221 | nopoll |
| 222 | Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the |
| 223 | command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select". |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 224 | It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 225 | platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and |
| 226 | "nokqueue". |
| 227 | |
| 228 | nosepoll |
| 229 | Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It |
| 230 | is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system |
| 231 | used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll". |
| 232 | |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 233 | nosplice |
| 234 | Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is |
| 235 | equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied |
| 236 | using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is |
| 237 | limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most verstions between |
| 238 | 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not |
| 239 | be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in |
| 240 | case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and |
| 241 | "option splice-response". |
| 242 | |
Willy Tarreau | fe255b7 | 2007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 243 | spread-checks <0..50, in percent> |
| 244 | Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact |
| 245 | intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same |
| 246 | physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add |
| 247 | some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between |
| 248 | 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0. |
| 249 | |
Willy Tarreau | a0250ba | 2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 250 | tune.maxaccept <number> |
| 251 | Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on |
| 252 | a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates, |
| 253 | while lower values give higher priority to already established connections. |
Willy Tarreau | f49d1df | 2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 254 | This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in |
Willy Tarreau | a0250ba | 2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 255 | multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process |
| 256 | wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a |
Willy Tarreau | f49d1df | 2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 257 | part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables |
Willy Tarreau | a0250ba | 2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 258 | the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value. |
| 259 | |
| 260 | tune.maxpollevents <number> |
| 261 | Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to |
| 262 | the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It |
| 263 | has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease |
| 264 | latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200 |
| 265 | tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth. |
| 266 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 267 | |
| 268 | 1.3) Debugging |
| 269 | --------------- |
| 270 | |
| 271 | debug |
| 272 | Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking |
| 273 | into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It |
| 274 | should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full |
| 275 | system startup. |
| 276 | |
| 277 | quiet |
| 278 | Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command- |
| 279 | line argument "-q". |
| 280 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 281 | |
| 282 | 2) Proxies |
| 283 | ---------- |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 284 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 285 | Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections : |
| 286 | - defaults <name> |
| 287 | - frontend <name> |
| 288 | - backend <name> |
| 289 | - listen <name> |
| 290 | |
| 291 | A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following |
| 292 | its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults" |
| 293 | section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults" |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 294 | section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 295 | |
| 296 | A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client |
| 297 | connections. |
| 298 | |
| 299 | A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect |
| 300 | to forward incoming connections. |
| 301 | |
| 302 | A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend |
| 303 | parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic. |
| 304 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 305 | All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, |
| 306 | '-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are |
| 307 | case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies. |
| 308 | |
| 309 | Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the |
| 310 | logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two |
| 311 | proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names. |
| 312 | However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same |
| 313 | name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered. |
| 314 | |
| 315 | Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4, |
| 316 | and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards |
| 317 | bidirectionnal traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the |
| 318 | protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding, |
| 319 | modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on |
| 320 | arbitrary criteria. |
| 321 | |
| 322 | |
| 323 | 2.1) Quick reminder about HTTP |
| 324 | ------------------------------ |
| 325 | |
| 326 | When a proxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are |
| 327 | fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria |
| 328 | on almost anything found in the contents. |
| 329 | |
| 330 | However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are |
| 331 | formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write |
| 332 | correct rules and to debug existing configurations. |
| 333 | |
| 334 | |
| 335 | 2.1.1) The HTTP transaction model |
| 336 | --------------------------------- |
| 337 | |
| 338 | The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead |
| 339 | to one and only one response. Traditionnally, a TCP connection is established |
| 340 | from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the |
| 341 | connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request |
| 342 | will involve a new connection : |
| 343 | |
| 344 | [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ... |
| 345 | |
| 346 | In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection |
| 347 | establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed |
| 348 | by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content |
| 349 | length. |
| 350 | |
| 351 | Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it |
| 352 | to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode |
| 353 | however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each |
| 354 | response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special |
| 355 | header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode : |
| 356 | |
| 357 | [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ... |
| 358 | |
| 359 | Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing |
| 360 | power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode, |
| 361 | but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to |
| 362 | a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode, |
| 363 | but knows how to transform it to the close mode. |
| 364 | |
| 365 | A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses |
| 366 | keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the |
| 367 | second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a |
| 368 | page : |
| 369 | |
| 370 | [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ... |
| 371 | |
| 372 | This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network |
| 373 | latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not |
| 374 | correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with |
| 375 | the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the |
| 376 | server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received. |
| 377 | |
| 378 | Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to |
| 379 | process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP |
| 380 | connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still |
| 381 | support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of |
| 382 | each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs, |
| 383 | content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence |
| 384 | with cookie insertion. |
| 385 | |
| 386 | |
| 387 | 2.1.2) HTTP request |
| 388 | ------------------- |
| 389 | |
| 390 | First, let's consider this HTTP request : |
| 391 | |
| 392 | Line Contents |
| 393 | number |
| 394 | 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1 |
| 395 | 2 Host: www.mydomain.com |
| 396 | 3 User-agent: my small browser |
| 397 | 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif |
| 398 | 5 Accept: image/png |
| 399 | |
| 400 | |
| 401 | 2.1.2.1) The Request line |
| 402 | ------------------------- |
| 403 | |
| 404 | Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields : |
| 405 | |
| 406 | - a METHOD : GET |
| 407 | - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 |
| 408 | - a version tag : HTTP/1.1 |
| 409 | |
| 410 | All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces), |
| 411 | which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns |
| 412 | followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and |
| 413 | is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it |
| 414 | desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to |
| 415 | the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression. |
| 416 | |
| 417 | The URI itself can have several forms : |
| 418 | |
| 419 | - A "relative URI" : |
| 420 | |
| 421 | /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 |
| 422 | |
| 423 | It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is |
| 424 | received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies. |
| 425 | |
| 426 | - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" : |
| 427 | |
| 428 | http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 |
| 429 | |
| 430 | It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host |
| 431 | name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then |
| 432 | a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part. |
| 433 | This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1 |
| 434 | must accept this form too. |
| 435 | |
| 436 | - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS |
| 437 | method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's |
| 438 | capabilities. |
| 439 | |
| 440 | - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80 |
| 441 | This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP |
| 442 | tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for |
| 443 | other protocols too. |
| 444 | |
| 445 | In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question |
| 446 | mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects |
| 447 | on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string". |
| 448 | It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very |
| 449 | specific to the language, framework or application in use. |
| 450 | |
| 451 | |
| 452 | 2.1.2.2) The request headers |
| 453 | ---------------------------- |
| 454 | |
| 455 | The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the |
| 456 | beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally, |
| 457 | an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values. |
| 458 | Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the |
| 459 | values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 460 | encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 461 | the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 2.1.2, lines 4 and 5 |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 462 | define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 463 | |
| 464 | Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and |
| 465 | their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 466 | "Connection:" header). |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 467 | |
| 468 | The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say |
| 469 | that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed |
| 470 | is one valid form of empty line. |
| 471 | |
| 472 | Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing |
| 473 | headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 474 | about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 475 | application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things. |
| 476 | |
| 477 | Important note: |
| 478 | As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks |
| 479 | in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This |
| 480 | is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work |
| 481 | correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs. |
| 482 | |
| 483 | |
| 484 | 2.1.3) HTTP response |
| 485 | -------------------- |
| 486 | |
| 487 | An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP |
| 488 | messages. Let's consider this HTTP response : |
| 489 | |
| 490 | Line Contents |
| 491 | number |
| 492 | 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK |
| 493 | 2 Content-length: 350 |
| 494 | 3 Content-Type: text/html |
| 495 | |
| 496 | |
| 497 | 2.1.3.1) The Response line |
| 498 | -------------------------- |
| 499 | |
| 500 | Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields : |
| 501 | |
| 502 | - a version tag : HTTP/1.1 |
| 503 | - a status code : 200 |
| 504 | - a reason : OK |
| 505 | |
| 506 | The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status : |
| 507 | - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206) |
| 508 | - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304) |
| 509 | - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404) |
| 510 | - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503) |
| 511 | |
| 512 | Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The |
| 513 | "reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 514 | found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 515 | messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found", |
| 516 | or "Authentication Required". |
| 517 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3c3c48d | 2009-02-22 11:12:23 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 518 | Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself : |
| 519 | |
| 520 | Code When / reason |
| 521 | 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests |
| 522 | 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code |
| 523 | 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code |
| 524 | 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code |
| 525 | 400 for an invalid or too large request |
| 526 | 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when |
| 527 | accessing the stats page) |
| 528 | 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter |
| 529 | 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete |
| 530 | 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a |
| 531 | memory allocation failure, which should never happen |
| 532 | 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or |
| 533 | when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response. |
| 534 | 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to |
| 535 | monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition |
| 536 | 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds |
| 537 | |
| 538 | The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section |
| 539 | 2.2). |
| 540 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 541 | |
| 542 | 2.1.3.2) The response headers |
| 543 | ----------------------------- |
| 544 | |
| 545 | Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses |
| 546 | the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 2.1.2.2 for more |
| 547 | details. |
| 548 | |
| 549 | |
| 550 | 2.2) Proxy keywords matrix |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 551 | -------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 552 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 553 | The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 554 | limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 555 | they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 556 | limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords |
| 557 | listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, ex. "no |
| 558 | option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default |
| 559 | and must be disabled for a specific instance. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 560 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 561 | |
| 562 | keyword defaults frontend listen backend |
| 563 | ----------------------+----------+----------+---------+--------- |
| 564 | acl - X X X |
| 565 | appsession - - X X |
Willy Tarreau | c73ce2b | 2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 566 | backlog X X X - |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 567 | balance X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 568 | bind - X X - |
Willy Tarreau | 0b9c02c | 2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 569 | bind-process X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 570 | block - X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 571 | capture cookie - X X - |
| 572 | capture request header - X X - |
| 573 | capture response header - X X - |
Willy Tarreau | e219db7 | 2007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 574 | clitimeout X X X - (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 575 | contimeout X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 576 | cookie X - X X |
| 577 | default_backend - X X - |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 578 | disabled X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 579 | dispatch - - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 580 | enabled X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 581 | errorfile X X X X |
| 582 | errorloc X X X X |
| 583 | errorloc302 X X X X |
| 584 | errorloc303 X X X X |
| 585 | fullconn X - X X |
| 586 | grace - X X X |
Willy Tarreau | dbc36f6 | 2007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 587 | http-check disable-on-404 X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 588 | log X X X X |
| 589 | maxconn X X X - |
| 590 | mode X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | c7246fc | 2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 591 | monitor fail - X X - |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 592 | monitor-net X X X - |
| 593 | monitor-uri X X X - |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 594 | [no] option abortonclose X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 4076a15 | 2009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 595 | [no] option accept-invalid- |
| 596 | http-request X X X - |
| 597 | [no] option accept-invalid- |
| 598 | http-response X - X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 599 | [no] option allbackups X - X X |
| 600 | [no] option checkcache X - X X |
| 601 | [no] option clitcpka X X X - |
| 602 | [no] option contstats X X X - |
| 603 | [no] option dontlognull X X X - |
| 604 | [no] option forceclose X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 605 | option forwardfor X X X X |
Maik Broemme | 2850cb4 | 2009-04-17 18:53:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 606 | option originalto X X X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 607 | [no] option http_proxy X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 608 | option httpchk X - X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 609 | [no] option httpclose X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 610 | option httplog X X X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 611 | [no] option logasap X X X - |
| 612 | [no] option nolinger X X X X |
| 613 | [no] option persist X - X X |
| 614 | [no] option redispatch X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 615 | option smtpchk X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 616 | [no] option splice-auto X X X X |
| 617 | [no] option splice-request X X X X |
| 618 | [no] option splice-response X X X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 619 | [no] option srvtcpka X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 620 | option ssl-hello-chk X - X X |
| 621 | option tcpka X X X X |
| 622 | option tcplog X X X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 623 | [no] option tcpsplice X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 4b1f859 | 2008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 624 | [no] option transparent X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 3a7d207 | 2009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 625 | rate-limit sessions X X X - |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 626 | redirect - X X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | 336d475 | 2007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 627 | redisp X - X X (deprecated) |
| 628 | redispatch X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 629 | reqadd - X X X |
| 630 | reqallow - X X X |
| 631 | reqdel - X X X |
| 632 | reqdeny - X X X |
| 633 | reqiallow - X X X |
| 634 | reqidel - X X X |
| 635 | reqideny - X X X |
| 636 | reqipass - X X X |
| 637 | reqirep - X X X |
| 638 | reqisetbe - X X X |
| 639 | reqitarpit - X X X |
| 640 | reqpass - X X X |
| 641 | reqrep - X X X |
| 642 | reqsetbe - X X X |
| 643 | reqtarpit - X X X |
| 644 | retries X - X X |
| 645 | rspadd - X X X |
| 646 | rspdel - X X X |
| 647 | rspdeny - X X X |
| 648 | rspidel - X X X |
| 649 | rspideny - X X X |
| 650 | rspirep - X X X |
| 651 | rsprep - X X X |
| 652 | server - - X X |
| 653 | source X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | e219db7 | 2007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 654 | srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 24e779b | 2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 655 | stats auth X - X X |
| 656 | stats enable X - X X |
| 657 | stats realm X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | bbd4212 | 2007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 658 | stats refresh X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 24e779b | 2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 659 | stats scope X - X X |
| 660 | stats uri X - X X |
Krzysztof Oledzki | d9db927 | 2007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 661 | stats hide-version X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 662 | tcp-request content accept - X X - |
| 663 | tcp-request content reject - X X - |
| 664 | tcp-request inspect-delay - X X - |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 665 | timeout check X - X X |
Willy Tarreau | e219db7 | 2007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 666 | timeout client X X X - |
| 667 | timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated) |
| 668 | timeout connect X - X X |
| 669 | timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 670 | timeout http-request X X X - |
Willy Tarreau | e219db7 | 2007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 671 | timeout queue X - X X |
| 672 | timeout server X - X X |
| 673 | timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 51c9bde | 2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 674 | timeout tarpit X X X X |
Willy Tarreau | 4b1f859 | 2008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 675 | transparent X - X X (deprecated) |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 676 | use_backend - X X - |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 677 | ----------------------+----------+----------+---------+--------- |
| 678 | keyword defaults frontend listen backend |
| 679 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 680 | |
| 681 | 2.2.1) Alphabetically sorted keywords reference |
| 682 | ----------------------------------------------- |
| 683 | |
| 684 | This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage. |
| 685 | |
| 686 | |
| 687 | acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ... |
| 688 | Declare or complete an access list. |
| 689 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 690 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 691 | Example: |
| 692 | acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3 |
| 693 | acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023 |
| 694 | acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost |
| 695 | |
| 696 | See section 2.3 about ACL usage. |
| 697 | |
| 698 | |
| 699 | appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime> |
| 700 | Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie. |
| 701 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 702 | no | no | yes | yes |
| 703 | Arguments : |
| 704 | <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which |
| 705 | HAProxy will have to learn for each new session. |
| 706 | |
| 707 | <length> this is the number of characters that will be memorized and |
| 708 | checked in each cookie value. |
| 709 | |
| 710 | <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from |
| 711 | memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in |
| 712 | milliseconds. |
| 713 | |
| 714 | When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when |
| 715 | the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and |
| 716 | associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from |
| 717 | the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this |
| 718 | cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter in the query |
| 719 | string. If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the server |
| 720 | associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is |
| 721 | applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been |
| 722 | unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>. |
| 723 | |
| 724 | The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend. |
| 725 | |
| 726 | Example : |
| 727 | appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h |
| 728 | |
| 729 | See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance". |
| 730 | |
| 731 | |
Willy Tarreau | c73ce2b | 2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 732 | backlog <conns> |
| 733 | Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size |
| 734 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 735 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 736 | Arguments : |
| 737 | <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating |
| 738 | system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged |
| 739 | connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both. |
| 740 | |
| 741 | In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase |
| 742 | the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just |
| 743 | tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and |
| 744 | sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of |
| 745 | the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value |
| 746 | to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can |
| 747 | sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this |
| 748 | backlog parameter. |
| 749 | |
| 750 | On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is |
| 751 | used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of |
| 752 | two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768). |
| 753 | |
| 754 | See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide. |
| 755 | |
| 756 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 757 | balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ] |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 758 | balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]] |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 759 | Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend. |
| 760 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 761 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 762 | Arguments : |
| 763 | <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load |
| 764 | balancing. This only applies when no persistence information |
| 765 | is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another |
| 766 | server. <algorithm> may be one of the following : |
| 767 | |
| 768 | roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights. |
| 769 | This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's |
| 770 | processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm |
| 771 | is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted |
| 772 | on the fly for slow starts for instance. |
| 773 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2d2a7f8 | 2008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 774 | leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the |
| 775 | connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers |
| 776 | of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use |
| 777 | of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are |
| 778 | expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well |
| 779 | suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This |
| 780 | algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be |
| 781 | adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance. |
| 782 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 783 | source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total |
| 784 | weight of the running servers to designate which server will |
| 785 | receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP |
| 786 | address will always reach the same server as long as no |
| 787 | server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the |
| 788 | number of running servers changing, many clients will be |
| 789 | directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally |
| 790 | used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also |
| 791 | be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickyness |
| 792 | to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is |
| 793 | static, which means that changing a server's weight on the |
| 794 | fly will have no effect. |
| 795 | |
| 796 | uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed |
| 797 | and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The |
| 798 | result designates which server will receive the request. This |
| 799 | ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same |
| 800 | server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used |
| 801 | with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize |
| 802 | the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used |
| 803 | in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static, which means |
| 804 | that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no |
| 805 | effect. |
| 806 | |
Marek Majkowski | 9c30fc1 | 2008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 807 | This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and |
| 808 | "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These |
| 809 | options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers |
| 810 | based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter |
| 811 | indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many |
| 812 | characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash. |
| 813 | Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most |
| 814 | URIs start with a leading "/". |
| 815 | |
| 816 | The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth |
| 817 | to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each |
| 818 | slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the |
| 819 | evaluation stops when either is reached. |
| 820 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 821 | url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 822 | the query string of each HTTP GET request. |
| 823 | |
| 824 | If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST |
| 825 | request entity will be searched for the parameter argument, |
| 826 | when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not |
| 827 | present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to |
| 828 | wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the |
| 829 | entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each |
| 830 | request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB |
| 831 | parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The |
| 832 | default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the |
| 833 | required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this |
| 834 | is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first |
| 835 | chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does |
| 836 | not need to wait for more data than the client promised to |
| 837 | send. When Content-Length is present and larger than |
| 838 | <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is |
| 839 | assumed that this will be enough data to search for the |
| 840 | presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that |
| 841 | Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is |
| 842 | scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may |
| 843 | be randomly balanced if at all. |
| 844 | |
| 845 | If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and |
| 846 | a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total |
| 847 | weight of the running servers. The result designates which |
| 848 | server will receive the request. |
| 849 | |
| 850 | This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure |
| 851 | that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as |
| 852 | long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if |
| 853 | the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is |
| 854 | applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP |
| 855 | backend. This algorithm is static, which means that changing a |
| 856 | server's weight on the fly will have no effect. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 857 | |
| 858 | <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some |
Marek Majkowski | 9c30fc1 | 2008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 859 | algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an |
| 860 | optional argument. |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 861 | |
Marek Majkowski | 9c30fc1 | 2008-04-27 23:25:55 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 862 | balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>] |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 863 | balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]] |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 864 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3cd9af2 | 2009-03-15 14:06:41 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 865 | The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other |
| 866 | algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once |
| 867 | for each backend. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 868 | |
| 869 | Examples : |
| 870 | balance roundrobin |
| 871 | balance url_param userid |
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com | 1c2ab96 | 2008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 872 | balance url_param session_id check_post 64 |
| 873 | |
| 874 | Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post" |
| 875 | extension with "url_param" must be considered : |
| 876 | |
| 877 | - all POST requests are eligable for consideration, because there is no way |
| 878 | to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which |
| 879 | may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to |
| 880 | restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in |
| 881 | the body. (see acl reqideny http_end) |
| 882 | |
| 883 | - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not |
| 884 | make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and |
| 885 | defaults to 16 kB. |
| 886 | |
| 887 | - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably |
| 888 | fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin. |
| 889 | |
| 890 | - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to |
| 891 | Round Robin. |
| 892 | |
| 893 | - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk. |
| 894 | If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the |
| 895 | selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little |
| 896 | actually appeared in the first chunk). |
| 897 | |
| 898 | - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response. |
| 899 | |
| 900 | - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire |
| 901 | contents of a message body. Scaning normally terminates when linear |
| 902 | white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what |
| 903 | might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML |
| 904 | type message bodies. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 905 | |
| 906 | See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent" and "http_proxy". |
| 907 | |
| 908 | |
| 909 | bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] |
Willy Tarreau | 5e6e204 | 2009-02-04 17:19:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 910 | bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface> |
Willy Tarreau | b1e52e8 | 2008-01-13 14:49:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 911 | bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 912 | Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend. |
| 913 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 914 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 915 | Arguments : |
Willy Tarreau | b1e52e8 | 2008-01-13 14:49:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 916 | <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6 |
| 917 | address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will |
| 918 | listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be |
| 919 | listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's |
| 920 | special address "0.0.0.0". |
| 921 | |
| 922 | <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is |
| 923 | mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port |
| 924 | is always the number after the last colon (':'). |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 925 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5e6e204 | 2009-02-04 17:19:29 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 926 | <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently |
| 927 | only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical |
| 928 | interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all |
| 929 | addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the |
| 930 | incoming packet physically come through the designated |
| 931 | interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to |
| 932 | the same address if they are bound to different interfaces. |
| 933 | Note that binding to a physical interface requires root |
| 934 | privileges. |
| 935 | |
Willy Tarreau | b1e52e8 | 2008-01-13 14:49:51 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 936 | transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain |
| 937 | Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound |
| 938 | even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet |
| 939 | targetting any of these addresses will be caught just as if |
| 940 | the address was locally configured. This normally requires |
| 941 | that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with |
| 942 | the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for |
| 943 | the specified port. This keyword is available only when |
| 944 | HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 945 | |
| 946 | It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by |
| 947 | commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no |
| 948 | fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in |
| 949 | a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements |
| 950 | in a frontend. |
| 951 | |
| 952 | Example : |
| 953 | listen http_proxy |
| 954 | bind :80,:443 |
| 955 | bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443 |
| 956 | |
| 957 | See also : "source". |
| 958 | |
| 959 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0b9c02c | 2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 960 | bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ... |
| 961 | Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers. |
| 962 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 963 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 964 | Arguments : |
| 965 | all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It |
| 966 | may be used to override a default value. |
| 967 | |
| 968 | odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This |
| 969 | option may be combined with other numbers. |
| 970 | |
| 971 | even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This |
| 972 | option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it |
| 973 | with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be |
| 974 | missing from all processes. |
| 975 | |
| 976 | number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between |
| 977 | 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process |
| 978 | number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise |
| 979 | some instances might be missing from all processes. |
| 980 | |
| 981 | This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This |
| 982 | is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same |
| 983 | ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set |
| 984 | 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd' |
| 985 | and 'even' instances. |
| 986 | |
| 987 | At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using |
| 988 | this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please |
| 989 | note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first |
| 990 | 32. |
| 991 | |
| 992 | If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the |
| 993 | backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes. |
| 994 | |
| 995 | Example : |
| 996 | listen app_ip1 |
| 997 | bind 10.0.0.1:80 |
| 998 | bind_process odd |
| 999 | |
| 1000 | listen app_ip2 |
| 1001 | bind 10.0.0.2:80 |
| 1002 | bind_process even |
| 1003 | |
| 1004 | listen management |
| 1005 | bind 10.0.0.3:80 |
| 1006 | bind_process 1 2 3 4 |
| 1007 | |
| 1008 | See also : "nbproc" in global section. |
| 1009 | |
| 1010 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1011 | block { if | unless } <condition> |
| 1012 | Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched |
| 1013 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1014 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 1015 | |
| 1016 | The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing |
| 1017 | if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request |
| 1018 | is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 2.3). This is |
| 1019 | typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some |
| 1020 | conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of |
| 1021 | "block" statements per instance. |
| 1022 | |
| 1023 | Example: |
| 1024 | acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3 |
| 1025 | acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023 |
| 1026 | acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost |
| 1027 | block if invalid_src || local_dst |
| 1028 | |
| 1029 | See section 2.3 about ACL usage. |
| 1030 | |
| 1031 | |
| 1032 | capture cookie <name> len <length> |
| 1033 | Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response. |
| 1034 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1035 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 1036 | Arguments : |
| 1037 | <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order |
| 1038 | to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal |
| 1039 | sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is |
| 1040 | useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name |
| 1041 | and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX). |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 | <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which |
| 1044 | include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the |
| 1045 | standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the |
| 1046 | right if it exceeds <length>. |
| 1047 | |
| 1048 | Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the |
| 1049 | "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to |
| 1050 | check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between |
| 1051 | users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page. |
| 1052 | |
| 1053 | When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column |
| 1054 | will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the |
| 1055 | server, a "-" is reported in the response column. |
| 1056 | |
| 1057 | The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that |
| 1058 | the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the |
| 1059 | backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one |
| 1060 | "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is |
| 1061 | configured in the souces by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to |
| 1062 | specify a capture in a "defaults" section. |
| 1063 | |
| 1064 | Example: |
| 1065 | capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32 |
| 1066 | |
| 1067 | See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1068 | section 2.6 about logging. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1069 | |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 | capture request header <name> len <length> |
| 1072 | Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header. |
| 1073 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1074 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 1075 | Arguments : |
| 1076 | <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1077 | case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1078 | appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in |
| 1079 | upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the |
| 1080 | value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected. |
| 1081 | |
| 1082 | <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and |
| 1083 | report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if |
| 1084 | it exceeds <length>. |
| 1085 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1086 | Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1087 | value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers |
| 1088 | are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1089 | in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent |
| 1090 | headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request |
| 1091 | header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the |
| 1092 | "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly |
| 1093 | differenciate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied |
| 1094 | environments to find where the request came from. |
| 1095 | |
| 1096 | Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be |
| 1097 | logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what |
| 1098 | you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the |
| 1099 | braces. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1100 | |
| 1101 | There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture |
| 1102 | is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a |
| 1103 | same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not |
| 1104 | possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section. |
| 1105 | |
| 1106 | Example: |
| 1107 | capture request header Host len 15 |
| 1108 | capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15 |
| 1109 | capture request header Referrer len 15 |
| 1110 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1111 | See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 2.6 |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1112 | about logging. |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 | |
| 1115 | capture response header <name> len <length> |
| 1116 | Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header. |
| 1117 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1118 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 1119 | Arguments : |
| 1120 | <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1121 | case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1122 | appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in |
| 1123 | upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the |
| 1124 | value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected. |
| 1125 | |
| 1126 | <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and |
| 1127 | report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if |
| 1128 | it exceeds <length>. |
| 1129 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1130 | Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1131 | result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured |
| 1132 | request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by |
| 1133 | a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1134 | the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty |
| 1135 | string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length" |
| 1136 | header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the |
| 1137 | "Location" header to track redirections. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1138 | |
| 1139 | There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each |
| 1140 | capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent |
| 1141 | for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It |
| 1142 | is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section. |
| 1143 | |
| 1144 | Example: |
| 1145 | capture response header Content-length len 9 |
| 1146 | capture response header Location len 15 |
| 1147 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1148 | See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 2.6 |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1149 | about logging. |
| 1150 | |
| 1151 | |
| 1152 | clitimeout <timeout> |
| 1153 | Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side. |
| 1154 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1155 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1156 | Arguments : |
| 1157 | <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 1158 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 1159 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or |
| 1162 | send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider |
| 1163 | during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the |
| 1164 | response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified |
| 1165 | in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is |
| 1166 | suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode |
| 1167 | (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the |
| 1168 | client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1169 | situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1170 | losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds |
| 1171 | (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). |
| 1172 | |
| 1173 | This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 1174 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 1175 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 1176 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 1177 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in |
| 1178 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 1179 | |
| 1180 | This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated. |
| 1181 | Please use "timeout client" instead. |
| 1182 | |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1183 | See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and |
| 1184 | "srvtimeout". |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1185 | |
| 1186 | |
| 1187 | contimeout <timeout> |
| 1188 | Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed. |
| 1189 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1190 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1191 | Arguments : |
| 1192 | <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 1193 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 1194 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 1195 | |
| 1196 | If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1197 | immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1198 | cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are |
| 1199 | slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the |
| 1200 | connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one |
| 1201 | has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the |
| 1202 | tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend. |
| 1203 | |
| 1204 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 1205 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 1206 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 1207 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 1208 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in |
| 1209 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 1210 | |
| 1211 | This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently |
| 1212 | deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit" |
| 1213 | instead. |
| 1214 | |
| 1215 | See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit", |
| 1216 | "timeout server", "contimeout". |
| 1217 | |
| 1218 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | efe3b6f | 2008-05-23 23:49:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1219 | cookie <name> [ rewrite|insert|prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ] [ postonly ] [domain <domain>] |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1220 | Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend. |
| 1221 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1222 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1223 | Arguments : |
| 1224 | <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or |
| 1225 | inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to |
| 1226 | the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is |
| 1227 | brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests. |
| 1228 | Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not |
| 1229 | conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same |
| 1230 | backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg: |
| 1231 | HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names |
| 1232 | between all backends if persistence between them is not desired. |
| 1233 | |
| 1234 | rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the |
| 1235 | server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the |
| 1236 | server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management |
| 1237 | of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control" |
| 1238 | headers is left to the application. The application can then |
| 1239 | decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence |
| 1240 | cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only |
| 1241 | works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is |
| 1242 | very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this |
| 1243 | mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with |
| 1244 | "insert" and "prefix". |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 | insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to |
| 1247 | be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a |
| 1248 | cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this |
| 1249 | reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations |
| 1250 | running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session |
| 1251 | cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to |
| 1252 | caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and |
| 1253 | "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert" |
| 1254 | keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix". |
| 1255 | |
| 1256 | prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated |
| 1257 | cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed. |
| 1258 | This may be needed in some specific environments where the client |
| 1259 | does not support more than one single cookie and the application |
| 1260 | already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie |
| 1261 | named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier |
| 1262 | and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client |
| 1263 | requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted. |
| 1264 | Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified, |
| 1265 | this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is |
| 1266 | not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert". |
| 1267 | |
| 1268 | indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only |
| 1269 | be added when the server was not reached after a direct access, |
| 1270 | which means that only when a server is elected after applying a |
| 1271 | load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie |
| 1272 | will be inserted. If the client has all the required information |
| 1273 | to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will |
| 1274 | be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in |
| 1275 | insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests |
| 1276 | transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes |
| 1277 | totally transparent from the application point of view. |
| 1278 | |
| 1279 | nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode |
| 1280 | when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it |
| 1281 | ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if |
| 1282 | a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all |
| 1283 | persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for |
| 1284 | instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an |
| 1285 | outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie, |
| 1286 | leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others. |
| 1287 | See also the "insert" and "postonly" options. |
| 1288 | |
| 1289 | postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed |
| 1290 | on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the |
| 1291 | "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so |
| 1292 | this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached. |
| 1293 | Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the |
| 1294 | first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very |
| 1295 | efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a |
| 1296 | persistence cookie in the cache. |
| 1297 | See also the "insert" and "nocache" options. |
| 1298 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | efe3b6f | 2008-05-23 23:49:32 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1299 | domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is |
| 1300 | inserted. It requires exactly one paramater: a valid domain |
| 1301 | name. |
| 1302 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1303 | There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be |
| 1304 | declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value |
| 1305 | indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie |
| 1306 | is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1307 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1308 | Examples : |
| 1309 | cookie JSESSIONID prefix |
| 1310 | cookie SRV insert indirect nocache |
| 1311 | cookie SRV insert postonly indirect |
| 1312 | |
| 1313 | See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server". |
| 1314 | |
| 1315 | |
| 1316 | default_backend <backend> |
| 1317 | Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched. |
| 1318 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1319 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1320 | Arguments : |
| 1321 | <backend> is the name of the backend to use. |
| 1322 | |
| 1323 | When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the |
| 1324 | "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be |
| 1325 | used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which |
| 1326 | will catch all undetermined requests. |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | The "default_backend" keyword is also supported in TCP mode frontends to |
| 1329 | facilitate the ordering of configurations in frontends and backends, |
| 1330 | eventhough it does not make much more sense in case of TCP due to the fact |
| 1331 | that use_backend currently does not work in TCP mode. |
| 1332 | |
| 1333 | Example : |
| 1334 | |
| 1335 | use_backend dynamic if url_dyn |
| 1336 | use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img |
| 1337 | default_backend dynamic |
| 1338 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1339 | See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe" |
| 1340 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1341 | |
| 1342 | disabled |
| 1343 | Disable a proxy, frontend or backend. |
| 1344 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1345 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1346 | Arguments : none |
| 1347 | |
| 1348 | The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to |
| 1349 | liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance |
| 1350 | will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be |
| 1351 | created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It |
| 1352 | will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It |
| 1353 | is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled" |
| 1354 | keyword in a "defaults" section. |
| 1355 | |
| 1356 | See also : "enabled" |
| 1357 | |
| 1358 | |
| 1359 | enabled |
| 1360 | Enable a proxy, frontend or backend. |
| 1361 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1362 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1363 | Arguments : none |
| 1364 | |
| 1365 | The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the |
| 1366 | defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used. |
| 1367 | |
| 1368 | See also : "disabled" |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 | |
| 1371 | errorfile <code> <file> |
| 1372 | Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy |
| 1373 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1374 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1375 | Arguments : |
| 1376 | <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of |
| 1377 | generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504. |
| 1378 | |
| 1379 | <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1380 | recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1381 | the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML |
Willy Tarreau | 59140a2 | 2009-02-22 12:02:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1382 | error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read |
| 1383 | before any chroot is performed. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1384 | |
| 1385 | It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite |
| 1386 | errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy. |
| 1387 | This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set. |
| 1388 | |
| 1389 | The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such |
| 1390 | as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies, |
| 1391 | force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error |
| 1392 | files returning the same contents as default errors. |
| 1393 | |
Willy Tarreau | 59140a2 | 2009-02-22 12:02:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1394 | The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which |
| 1395 | generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise |
| 1396 | not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid |
| 1397 | loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an |
| 1398 | error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is |
| 1399 | recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone. |
| 1400 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1401 | The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory. |
| 1402 | For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is |
| 1403 | chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1404 | simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1405 | 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL. |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 | See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303" |
| 1408 | |
Willy Tarreau | 59140a2 | 2009-02-22 12:02:30 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1409 | Example : |
| 1410 | errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http |
| 1411 | errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http |
| 1412 | errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http |
| 1413 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1414 | |
| 1415 | errorloc <code> <url> |
| 1416 | errorloc302 <code> <url> |
| 1417 | Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy |
| 1418 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1419 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1420 | Arguments : |
| 1421 | <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of |
| 1422 | generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504. |
| 1423 | |
| 1424 | <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain |
| 1425 | either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site, |
| 1426 | or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site. |
| 1427 | Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect |
| 1428 | loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500). |
| 1429 | |
| 1430 | It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite |
| 1431 | errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy. |
| 1432 | This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set. |
| 1433 | |
| 1434 | Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the |
| 1435 | client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be |
| 1436 | quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL |
| 1437 | sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To |
| 1438 | workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303 |
| 1439 | status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET |
| 1440 | request. |
| 1441 | |
| 1442 | See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303" |
| 1443 | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 | errorloc303 <code> <url> |
| 1446 | Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy |
| 1447 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1448 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1449 | Arguments : |
| 1450 | <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of |
| 1451 | generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504. |
| 1452 | |
| 1453 | <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain |
| 1454 | either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site, |
| 1455 | or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site. |
| 1456 | Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect |
| 1457 | loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500). |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite |
| 1460 | errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy. |
| 1461 | This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set. |
| 1462 | |
| 1463 | Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the |
| 1464 | client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This |
| 1465 | solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is |
| 1466 | possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1467 | it, but no such problem has been reported till now. |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1468 | |
| 1469 | See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302" |
| 1470 | |
| 1471 | |
| 1472 | fullconn <conns> |
| 1473 | Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn |
| 1474 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1475 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1476 | Arguments : |
| 1477 | <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the |
| 1478 | servers use the maximal number of connections. |
| 1479 | |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1480 | When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1481 | of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1482 | "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1483 | load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections, |
| 1484 | never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both |
| 1485 | values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This |
| 1486 | makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but |
| 1487 | push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during |
| 1488 | exceptionnal loads. |
| 1489 | |
| 1490 | Example : |
| 1491 | # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each |
| 1492 | # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000 |
| 1493 | # connections. |
| 1494 | backend dynamic |
| 1495 | fullconn 10000 |
| 1496 | server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000 |
| 1497 | server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000 |
| 1498 | |
| 1499 | See also : "maxconn", "server" |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 | grace <time> |
| 1503 | Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop |
| 1504 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1505 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 1506 | Arguments : |
| 1507 | <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance |
| 1508 | will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening |
| 1509 | when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal. |
| 1510 | |
| 1511 | This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order. |
| 1512 | This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an |
| 1513 | external equipement fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time |
| 1514 | needed by the equipment to detect the failure. |
| 1515 | |
| 1516 | Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter, |
| 1517 | and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than |
| 1518 | simplify it. |
| 1519 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1520 | |
| 1521 | http-check disable-on-404 |
| 1522 | Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks |
| 1523 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1524 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1525 | Arguments : none |
| 1526 | |
| 1527 | When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be |
| 1528 | excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent |
| 1529 | connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators |
| 1530 | to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note |
| 1531 | that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not |
| 1532 | generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it |
| 1533 | will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page |
| 1534 | reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this |
| 1535 | option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option. |
| 1536 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1537 | See also : "option httpchk" |
| 1538 | |
| 1539 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1540 | id <value> |
| 1541 | Set a persistent value for proxy ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as |
| 1542 | smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids. |
| 1543 | |
| 1544 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1545 | log global |
| 1546 | log <address> <facility> [<level>] |
| 1547 | Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic. |
| 1548 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1549 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1550 | Arguments : |
| 1551 | global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the |
| 1552 | same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global" |
| 1553 | replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log |
| 1554 | entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global" |
| 1555 | statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other |
| 1556 | parameter. |
| 1557 | |
| 1558 | <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as |
| 1559 | for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of : |
| 1560 | |
| 1561 | - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP |
| 1562 | port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the |
| 1563 | standard syslog port). |
| 1564 | |
| 1565 | - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind |
| 1566 | considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible |
| 1567 | inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is |
| 1568 | appropriately writeable). |
| 1569 | |
| 1570 | <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities : |
| 1571 | |
| 1572 | kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news |
| 1573 | uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2 |
| 1574 | local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7 |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By |
| 1577 | default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only |
| 1578 | messages with a severity at least as important as this level |
| 1579 | will be sent. 8 levels are known : |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 | emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug |
| 1582 | |
| 1583 | Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if |
| 1584 | "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log |
| 1585 | entries, then additional log entries will be ignored. |
| 1586 | |
| 1587 | Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1588 | what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log |
| 1589 | entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level |
| 1590 | "info". |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 | However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes |
| 1593 | will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up, |
| 1594 | "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service |
| 1595 | termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down. |
| 1596 | |
| 1597 | Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before |
| 1598 | being emitted. |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1599 | |
| 1600 | Example : |
| 1601 | log global |
| 1602 | log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice |
| 1603 | |
| 1604 | |
| 1605 | maxconn <conns> |
| 1606 | Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend |
| 1607 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1608 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1609 | Arguments : |
| 1610 | <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will |
| 1611 | accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system |
| 1612 | in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection |
| 1613 | closes. |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit |
| 1616 | very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the |
| 1617 | clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the |
| 1618 | global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers |
| 1619 | of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being |
| 1620 | consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped |
| 1621 | with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if |
| 1622 | properly tuned. |
| 1623 | |
| 1624 | Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers |
| 1625 | are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise |
| 1626 | to assign them some reasonable connection limits. |
| 1627 | |
| 1628 | See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn" |
| 1629 | |
| 1630 | |
| 1631 | mode { tcp|http|health } |
| 1632 | Set the running mode or protocol of the instance |
| 1633 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1634 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 1635 | Arguments : |
| 1636 | tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection |
| 1637 | will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7 |
| 1638 | examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It |
| 1639 | should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ... |
| 1640 | |
| 1641 | http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be |
| 1642 | analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request |
| 1643 | which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering, |
| 1644 | processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which |
| 1645 | brings HAProxy most of its value. |
| 1646 | |
| 1647 | health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK" |
| 1648 | to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be |
| 1649 | logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health |
| 1650 | checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as |
| 1651 | it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or |
| 1652 | HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword. |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the |
| 1655 | backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration |
| 1656 | will be refused. |
| 1657 | |
| 1658 | Example : |
| 1659 | defaults http_instances |
| 1660 | mode http |
| 1661 | |
| 1662 | See also : "monitor", "monitor-net" |
| 1663 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1664 | |
| 1665 | monitor fail [if | unless] <condition> |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1666 | Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1667 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1668 | no | yes | yes | no |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1669 | Arguments : |
| 1670 | if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied, |
| 1671 | and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a |
| 1672 | combinated test which must induce a failure if all conditions |
| 1673 | are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a |
| 1674 | backend and its backup. |
| 1675 | |
| 1676 | unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is |
| 1677 | satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be |
| 1678 | based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active |
| 1679 | servers in a list of backends. |
| 1680 | |
| 1681 | This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor |
| 1682 | request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries |
| 1683 | the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the |
| 1684 | conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is |
| 1685 | very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base |
| 1686 | routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by |
| 1687 | haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv" |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1688 | criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1689 | |
| 1690 | Example: |
| 1691 | frontend www |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1692 | mode http |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1693 | acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2 |
| 1694 | acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2 |
| 1695 | monitor-uri /site_alive |
| 1696 | monitor fail if site_dead |
| 1697 | |
Willy Tarreau | 2769aa0 | 2007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1698 | See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" |
| 1699 | |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 | monitor-net <source> |
| 1702 | Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests |
| 1703 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1704 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1705 | Arguments : |
| 1706 | <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to |
| 1707 | get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4 |
| 1708 | address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/') |
| 1709 | followed by a mask. |
| 1710 | |
| 1711 | In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause |
| 1712 | the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another |
| 1713 | equipement to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without |
| 1714 | forwarding the connection to a remote server. |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 | In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be |
| 1717 | accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request, |
| 1718 | then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally |
| 1719 | enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and |
| 1720 | running without forwarding the request to a backend server. |
| 1721 | |
| 1722 | Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor |
| 1723 | divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended |
| 1724 | purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component, |
| 1725 | nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on |
| 1726 | requests caught by "monitor-net". |
| 1727 | |
| 1728 | Example : |
| 1729 | # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us. |
| 1730 | frontend www |
| 1731 | monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31 |
| 1732 | |
| 1733 | See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri" |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 | |
| 1736 | monitor-uri <uri> |
| 1737 | Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests |
| 1738 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1739 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1740 | Arguments : |
| 1741 | <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's |
| 1742 | health status instead of forwarding the request. |
| 1743 | |
| 1744 | When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend, |
| 1745 | HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either |
| 1746 | "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure |
| 1747 | conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any |
| 1748 | front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without |
| 1749 | forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the |
| 1750 | version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid |
| 1751 | at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend. |
| 1752 | |
| 1753 | Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor |
| 1754 | divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended |
| 1755 | purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component, |
| 1756 | nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using |
| 1757 | "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check |
| 1758 | can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend). |
| 1759 | |
| 1760 | Example : |
| 1761 | # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status |
| 1762 | frontend www |
| 1763 | mode http |
| 1764 | monitor-uri /haproxy_test |
| 1765 | |
| 1766 | See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net" |
| 1767 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1768 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1769 | option abortonclose |
| 1770 | no option abortonclose |
| 1771 | Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues. |
| 1772 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1773 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1774 | Arguments : none |
| 1775 | |
| 1776 | In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond. |
| 1777 | The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will |
| 1778 | increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session |
| 1779 | response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1780 | often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1781 | the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the |
| 1782 | request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error |
| 1783 | encountered while delivering the response. |
| 1784 | |
| 1785 | As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output |
| 1786 | close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider |
| 1787 | that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for |
| 1788 | the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users |
| 1789 | do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at |
| 1790 | all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents |
| 1791 | support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most |
| 1792 | hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1793 | to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1794 | of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely |
| 1795 | low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while |
| 1796 | still not served and not pollute the servers. |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 | In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option |
| 1799 | "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP |
| 1800 | compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is |
| 1801 | specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while |
| 1802 | it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or |
| 1803 | during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged |
| 1804 | the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load |
| 1805 | on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn |
| 1806 | reduces the response time for other users. |
| 1807 | |
| 1808 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 1809 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 1810 | |
| 1811 | See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 | |
Willy Tarreau | 4076a15 | 2009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 1814 | option accept-invalid-http-request |
| 1815 | no option accept-invalid-http-request |
| 1816 | Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing |
| 1817 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1818 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1819 | Arguments : none |
| 1820 | |
| 1821 | By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This |
| 1822 | means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an |
| 1823 | error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such |
| 1824 | forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server |
| 1825 | weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or |
| 1826 | server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration, |
| 1827 | implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case, |
| 1828 | it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character |
| 1829 | even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option. |
| 1830 | |
| 1831 | This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs |
| 1832 | and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has |
| 1833 | been confirmed. |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 | When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in |
| 1836 | requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later |
| 1837 | analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this |
| 1838 | also helps confirming that the issue has been solved. |
| 1839 | |
| 1840 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 1841 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 1842 | |
| 1843 | See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the |
| 1844 | stats socket. |
| 1845 | |
| 1846 | |
| 1847 | option accept-invalid-http-response |
| 1848 | no option accept-invalid-http-response |
| 1849 | Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing |
| 1850 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1851 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1852 | Arguments : none |
| 1853 | |
| 1854 | By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This |
| 1855 | means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an |
| 1856 | error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such |
| 1857 | forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server |
| 1858 | weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or |
| 1859 | server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration, |
| 1860 | implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case, |
| 1861 | it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character |
| 1862 | even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option. |
| 1863 | |
| 1864 | This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs |
| 1865 | and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has |
| 1866 | been confirmed. |
| 1867 | |
| 1868 | When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in |
| 1869 | responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit |
| 1870 | later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. |
| 1871 | Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved. |
| 1872 | |
| 1873 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 1874 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 1875 | |
| 1876 | See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the |
| 1877 | stats socket. |
| 1878 | |
| 1879 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1880 | option allbackups |
| 1881 | no option allbackups |
| 1882 | Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one |
| 1883 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1884 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1885 | Arguments : none |
| 1886 | |
| 1887 | By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal |
| 1888 | servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups |
| 1889 | at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled, |
| 1890 | the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal |
| 1891 | ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the |
| 1892 | servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority |
| 1893 | order between the backup servers anymore. |
| 1894 | |
| 1895 | This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a |
| 1896 | "sorry" page when an application is completely offline. |
| 1897 | |
| 1898 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 1899 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 1900 | |
| 1901 | |
| 1902 | option checkcache |
| 1903 | no option checkcache |
| 1904 | Analyze all server responses and block requests with cachable cookies |
| 1905 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1906 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 1907 | Arguments : none |
| 1908 | |
| 1909 | Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not |
| 1910 | always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should |
| 1911 | be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cachable object, there is a |
| 1912 | high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same |
| 1913 | caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let |
| 1914 | some sensible session information go in the wild. |
| 1915 | |
| 1916 | The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for |
| 1917 | strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cachability. It |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1918 | carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1919 | response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side |
| 1920 | proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1921 | to the client are : |
| 1922 | - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ; |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1923 | - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410, |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1924 | provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ; |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1925 | - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not |
| 1926 | set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ; |
| 1927 | - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header |
| 1928 | - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header |
| 1929 | - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header |
| 1930 | - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header |
| 1931 | - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header |
| 1932 | - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header |
| 1933 | - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header |
| 1934 | - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header |
| 1935 | (allowing other fields after set-cookie) |
| 1936 | |
| 1937 | If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1938 | just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway". |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1939 | The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response |
| 1940 | during headers processing. Additionnaly, an alert will be sent in the logs so |
| 1941 | that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed. |
| 1942 | |
| 1943 | Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested |
| 1944 | in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1945 | good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1946 | production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours. |
| 1947 | |
| 1948 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 1949 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | option clitcpka |
| 1953 | no option clitcpka |
| 1954 | Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side |
| 1955 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1956 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1957 | Arguments : none |
| 1958 | |
| 1959 | When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and |
| 1960 | a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle |
| 1961 | periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate |
| 1962 | components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long. |
| 1963 | |
| 1964 | Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets |
| 1965 | to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between |
| 1966 | keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the |
| 1967 | operating system and its tuning parameters. |
| 1968 | |
| 1969 | It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor |
| 1970 | received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees |
| 1971 | them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives |
| 1972 | to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be |
| 1973 | forwarded to the other side of the proxy. |
| 1974 | |
| 1975 | Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive. |
| 1976 | |
| 1977 | Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the |
| 1978 | client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are |
| 1979 | noticed between HAProxy and a client. |
| 1980 | |
| 1981 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 1982 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 1983 | |
| 1984 | See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka" |
| 1985 | |
| 1986 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 1987 | option contstats |
| 1988 | Enable continuous traffic statistics updates |
| 1989 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 1990 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 1991 | Arguments : none |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 | By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented |
| 1994 | only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small |
| 1995 | objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or |
| 1996 | with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like |
| 1997 | a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously, |
| 1998 | during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so |
| 1999 | it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%). |
| 2000 | |
| 2001 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2002 | option dontlognull |
| 2003 | no option dontlognull |
| 2004 | Enable or disable logging of null connections |
| 2005 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2006 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2007 | Arguments : none |
| 2008 | |
| 2009 | In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to |
| 2010 | various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from |
| 2011 | another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a |
| 2012 | simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute |
| 2013 | the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate |
| 2014 | that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged, |
| 2015 | which typically corresponds to those probes. |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 | It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled |
| 2018 | environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities |
| 2019 | would not be logged. |
| 2020 | |
| 2021 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2022 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2023 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2024 | See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 2.6 about logging. |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2025 | |
| 2026 | |
| 2027 | option forceclose |
| 2028 | no option forceclose |
| 2029 | Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred. |
| 2030 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2031 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2032 | Arguments : none |
| 2033 | |
| 2034 | Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive |
| 2035 | the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not |
| 2036 | close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This |
| 2037 | causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high |
| 2038 | global session times in the logs. |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 | When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will |
| 2041 | actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server begins to |
| 2042 | reply and only if the request buffer is empty. Note that this should NOT be |
| 2043 | used if CONNECT requests are expected between the client and the server. This |
| 2044 | option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option. |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2047 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2048 | |
| 2049 | See also : "option httpclose" |
| 2050 | |
| 2051 | |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2052 | option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ] |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2053 | Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers |
| 2054 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2055 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2056 | Arguments : |
| 2057 | <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources |
| 2058 | matching <network> |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2059 | <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For" |
| 2060 | header name. |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2061 | |
| 2062 | Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as |
| 2063 | their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address |
| 2064 | is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header |
| 2065 | "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. |
| 2066 | This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this |
| 2067 | header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server |
| 2068 | must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2069 | the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note |
| 2070 | that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really |
| 2071 | possible that the client has already brought one. |
| 2072 | |
| 2073 | The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace |
| 2074 | the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already |
| 2075 | have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel), |
| 2076 | and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the |
| 2077 | "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers |
| 2078 | require "X-Cluster-Client-IP"). |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2079 | |
| 2080 | Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client |
| 2081 | access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is |
| 2082 | used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the |
| 2083 | header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword |
| 2084 | followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the |
| 2085 | network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with |
| 2086 | private networks or 127.0.0.1. |
| 2087 | |
| 2088 | This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2089 | least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's |
| 2090 | setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if |
| 2091 | both are defined. |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2092 | |
| 2093 | It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive |
| 2094 | connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header. |
| 2095 | For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set |
| 2096 | when using this option. |
| 2097 | |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2098 | Examples : |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2099 | # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine |
| 2100 | frontend www |
| 2101 | mode http |
| 2102 | option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header |
| 2103 | |
Ross West | af72a1d | 2008-08-03 10:51:45 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2104 | # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client |
| 2105 | backend www |
| 2106 | mode http |
| 2107 | option forwardfor header X-Client |
| 2108 | |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2109 | See also : "option httpclose" |
| 2110 | |
| 2111 | |
Maik Broemme | 2850cb4 | 2009-04-17 18:53:21 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2112 | option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ] |
| 2113 | Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers |
| 2114 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2115 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2116 | Arguments : |
| 2117 | <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources |
| 2118 | matching <network> |
| 2119 | <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To" |
| 2120 | header name. |
| 2121 | |
| 2122 | Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can |
| 2123 | be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a |
| 2124 | complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will |
| 2125 | be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip |
| 2126 | addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be |
| 2127 | added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a |
| 2128 | value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be |
| 2129 | configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that |
| 2130 | only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really |
| 2131 | possible that the client has already brought one. |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 | The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace |
| 2134 | the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already |
| 2135 | have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need |
| 2136 | preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To" |
| 2137 | header and requires different one. |
| 2138 | |
| 2139 | Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client |
| 2140 | access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is |
| 2141 | used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the |
| 2142 | header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword |
| 2143 | followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the |
| 2144 | network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with |
| 2145 | private networks or 127.0.0.1. |
| 2146 | |
| 2147 | This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at |
| 2148 | least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's |
| 2149 | setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if |
| 2150 | both are defined. |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 | It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive |
| 2153 | connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header. |
| 2154 | For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set |
| 2155 | when using this option. |
| 2156 | |
| 2157 | Examples : |
| 2158 | # Original Destination address |
| 2159 | frontend www |
| 2160 | mode http |
| 2161 | option originalto except 127.0.0.1 |
| 2162 | |
| 2163 | # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst |
| 2164 | backend www |
| 2165 | mode http |
| 2166 | option originalto header X-Client-Dst |
| 2167 | |
| 2168 | See also : "option httpclose" |
| 2169 | |
| 2170 | |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2171 | option http_proxy |
| 2172 | no option http_proxy |
| 2173 | Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode |
| 2174 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2175 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2176 | Arguments : none |
| 2177 | |
| 2178 | It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands |
| 2179 | basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case, |
| 2180 | it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy" |
| 2181 | set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to |
| 2182 | the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme. |
| 2183 | |
| 2184 | No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP |
| 2185 | addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited, |
| 2186 | it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last, |
| 2187 | if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be |
| 2188 | needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly |
| 2189 | be analyzed. |
| 2190 | |
| 2191 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2192 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2193 | |
| 2194 | Example : |
| 2195 | # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly. |
| 2196 | backend direct_forward |
| 2197 | option httpclose |
| 2198 | option http_proxy |
| 2199 | |
| 2200 | See also : "option httpclose" |
| 2201 | |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | option httpchk |
| 2204 | option httpchk <uri> |
| 2205 | option httpchk <method> <uri> |
| 2206 | option httpchk <method> <uri> <version> |
| 2207 | Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health |
| 2208 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2209 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2210 | Arguments : |
| 2211 | <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set, |
| 2212 | the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server |
| 2213 | processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method |
| 2214 | may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard |
| 2215 | ones. |
| 2216 | |
| 2217 | <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / " |
| 2218 | which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be |
| 2219 | changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted. |
| 2220 | |
| 2221 | <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0" |
| 2222 | but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning |
| 2223 | it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is |
| 2224 | mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it |
| 2225 | after "\r\n" following the version string. |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP |
| 2228 | connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is |
| 2229 | sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are |
| 2230 | considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including |
| 2231 | the lack of any response. |
| 2232 | |
| 2233 | The port and interval are specified in the server configuration. |
| 2234 | |
| 2235 | This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with |
| 2236 | plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound |
| 2237 | to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon. |
| 2238 | |
| 2239 | Examples : |
| 2240 | # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability |
| 2241 | # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80. |
| 2242 | backend https_relay |
| 2243 | mode tcp |
Willy Tarreau | ebaf21a | 2008-03-21 20:17:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2244 | option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2245 | server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80 |
| 2246 | |
| 2247 | See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the |
| 2248 | "check", "port" and "interval" server options. |
| 2249 | |
| 2250 | |
| 2251 | option httpclose |
| 2252 | no option httpclose |
| 2253 | Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing |
| 2254 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2255 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2256 | Arguments : none |
| 2257 | |
| 2258 | As stated in section 2.1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive |
| 2259 | mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it |
| 2260 | will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To |
| 2261 | workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It |
| 2262 | will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction, |
| 2263 | and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively |
| 2264 | closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to |
| 2265 | the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also |
| 2266 | be removed. |
| 2267 | |
| 2268 | It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not |
| 2269 | close the connection eventough they reply "Connection: close". For this |
| 2270 | reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this |
| 2271 | happens it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes |
| 2272 | the request connection once the server responds. |
| 2273 | |
| 2274 | This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if |
| 2275 | at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled. |
| 2276 | If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose". |
| 2277 | |
| 2278 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2279 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2280 | |
| 2281 | See also : "option forceclose" |
| 2282 | |
| 2283 | |
| 2284 | option httplog |
| 2285 | Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers |
| 2286 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2287 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2288 | Arguments : none |
| 2289 | |
| 2290 | By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the |
| 2291 | source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying |
| 2292 | "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, |
| 2293 | but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session |
| 2294 | status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the |
| 2295 | frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and |
| 2296 | ports. |
| 2297 | |
| 2298 | This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend. |
| 2299 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2300 | See also : section 2.6 about logging. |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2301 | |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2302 | |
| 2303 | option logasap |
| 2304 | no option logasap |
| 2305 | Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests |
| 2306 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2307 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2308 | Arguments : none |
| 2309 | |
| 2310 | By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total |
| 2311 | transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects |
| 2312 | are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the |
| 2313 | logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server |
| 2314 | sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be |
| 2315 | the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount |
| 2316 | of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2317 | time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2318 | "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many |
| 2319 | bytes are expected to be transferred. |
| 2320 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2321 | Examples : |
| 2322 | listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80 |
| 2323 | mode http |
| 2324 | option httplog |
| 2325 | option logasap |
| 2326 | log 192.168.2.200 local3 |
| 2327 | |
| 2328 | >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \ |
| 2329 | haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \ |
| 2330 | static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \ |
| 2331 | "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0" |
| 2332 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2333 | See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 2.6 about |
Willy Tarreau | c27debf | 2008-01-06 08:57:02 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2334 | logging. |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 | |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2337 | option nolinger |
| 2338 | no option nolinger |
| 2339 | Enable or disable immediate session ressource cleaning after close |
| 2340 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2341 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2342 | Arguments : none |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2343 | |
| 2344 | When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are |
| 2345 | physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is |
| 2346 | closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system, |
| 2347 | using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer |
| 2348 | connections. |
| 2349 | |
| 2350 | When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces |
| 2351 | the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus, |
| 2352 | the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has |
| 2353 | side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits |
| 2354 | getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about |
| 2355 | this too. |
| 2356 | |
| 2357 | For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely |
| 2358 | needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1 |
| 2359 | sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count). |
| 2360 | |
| 2361 | This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side |
| 2362 | where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend |
| 2363 | for servers. |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2366 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | |
| 2369 | option persist |
| 2370 | no option persist |
| 2371 | Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers |
| 2372 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2373 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2374 | Arguments : none |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2375 | |
| 2376 | When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead |
| 2377 | server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to |
| 2378 | force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist" |
| 2379 | if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme |
| 2380 | load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be |
| 2381 | directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be |
| 2382 | correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction |
| 2383 | with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to |
| 2384 | the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be |
| 2385 | redirected to another valid server. |
| 2386 | |
| 2387 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2388 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2389 | |
| 2390 | See also : "option redispatch", "retries" |
| 2391 | |
| 2392 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2393 | option redispatch |
| 2394 | no option redispatch |
| 2395 | Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure |
| 2396 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2397 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2398 | Arguments : none |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2399 | |
| 2400 | In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may |
| 2401 | definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not |
| 2402 | be able to access the service anymore. |
| 2403 | |
| 2404 | Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their |
| 2405 | persistence and redistribute them to a working server. |
| 2406 | |
| 2407 | It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple |
| 2408 | connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero |
| 2409 | value. |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and |
| 2412 | "redisp" keywords. |
| 2413 | |
| 2414 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2415 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2416 | |
| 2417 | See also : "redispatch", "retries" |
| 2418 | |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2419 | |
| 2420 | option smtpchk |
| 2421 | option smtpchk <hello> <domain> |
| 2422 | Use SMTP health checks for server testing |
| 2423 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2424 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2425 | Arguments : |
| 2426 | <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can |
| 2427 | be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other |
| 2428 | values will be turned into the default command ("HELO"). |
| 2429 | |
| 2430 | <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be |
| 2431 | specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been |
| 2432 | specified. By default, "localhost" is used. |
| 2433 | |
| 2434 | When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP |
| 2435 | connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is |
| 2436 | "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes |
| 2437 | starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses, |
| 2438 | including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a |
| 2439 | dead server. |
| 2440 | |
| 2441 | This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the |
| 2442 | request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt, |
| 2443 | so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port |
| 2444 | 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration. |
| 2445 | |
| 2446 | Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for |
| 2447 | various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When |
| 2448 | possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when |
| 2449 | connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword, |
| 2450 | which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in. |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 | Example : |
| 2453 | option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org |
| 2454 | |
| 2455 | See also : "option httpchk", "source" |
| 2456 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2457 | |
Willy Tarreau | ff4f82d | 2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2458 | option splice-auto |
| 2459 | no option splice-auto |
| 2460 | Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions |
| 2461 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2462 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2463 | Arguments : none |
| 2464 | |
| 2465 | When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy |
| 2466 | will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to |
| 2467 | forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy |
| 2468 | uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or |
| 2469 | not. Both directions are handled independantly. Note that the heuristics used |
| 2470 | are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This |
| 2471 | option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally |
| 2472 | disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it |
| 2473 | requires that there are enough spare pipes. |
| 2474 | |
| 2475 | Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which |
| 2476 | first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to |
| 2477 | transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus |
| 2478 | providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many |
| 2479 | early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this |
| 2480 | feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care. |
| 2481 | While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation, |
| 2482 | 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In |
| 2483 | case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice" |
| 2484 | keyword. |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 | Example : |
| 2487 | option splice-auto |
| 2488 | |
| 2489 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2490 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2491 | |
| 2492 | See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global |
| 2493 | options "nosplice" and "maxpipes" |
| 2494 | |
| 2495 | |
| 2496 | option splice-request |
| 2497 | no option splice-request |
| 2498 | Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests |
| 2499 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2500 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2501 | Arguments : none |
| 2502 | |
| 2503 | When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy |
| 2504 | will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from |
| 2505 | the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there |
| 2506 | are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at |
| 2507 | compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice". |
| 2508 | Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes. |
| 2509 | |
| 2510 | Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations. |
| 2511 | |
| 2512 | Example : |
| 2513 | option splice-request |
| 2514 | |
| 2515 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2516 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2517 | |
| 2518 | See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options |
| 2519 | "nosplice" and "maxpipes" |
| 2520 | |
| 2521 | |
| 2522 | option splice-response |
| 2523 | no option splice-response |
| 2524 | Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses |
| 2525 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2526 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2527 | Arguments : none |
| 2528 | |
| 2529 | When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy |
| 2530 | will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from |
| 2531 | the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there |
| 2532 | are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at |
| 2533 | compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice". |
| 2534 | Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes. |
| 2535 | |
| 2536 | Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations. |
| 2537 | |
| 2538 | Example : |
| 2539 | option splice-response |
| 2540 | |
| 2541 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2542 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2543 | |
| 2544 | See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options |
| 2545 | "nosplice" and "maxpipes" |
| 2546 | |
| 2547 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2548 | option srvtcpka |
| 2549 | no option srvtcpka |
| 2550 | Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side |
| 2551 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2552 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2553 | Arguments : none |
| 2554 | |
| 2555 | When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and |
| 2556 | a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle |
| 2557 | periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate |
| 2558 | components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long. |
| 2559 | |
| 2560 | Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets |
| 2561 | to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between |
| 2562 | keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the |
| 2563 | operating system and its tuning parameters. |
| 2564 | |
| 2565 | It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor |
| 2566 | received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees |
| 2567 | them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives |
| 2568 | to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be |
| 2569 | forwarded to the other side of the proxy. |
| 2570 | |
| 2571 | Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive. |
| 2572 | |
| 2573 | Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the |
| 2574 | server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are |
| 2575 | noticed between HAProxy and a server. |
| 2576 | |
| 2577 | If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled |
| 2578 | in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. |
| 2579 | |
| 2580 | See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka" |
| 2581 | |
| 2582 | |
Willy Tarreau | a453bdd | 2008-01-08 19:50:52 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2583 | option ssl-hello-chk |
| 2584 | Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing |
| 2585 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2586 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 2587 | Arguments : none |
| 2588 | |
| 2589 | When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is |
| 2590 | possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing |
| 2591 | that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure |
| 2592 | SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to |
| 2593 | the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message. |
| 2594 | The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server |
| 2595 | hello message. |
| 2596 | |
| 2597 | All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages, |
| 2598 | and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello |
| 2599 | messages, which is appreciable. |
| 2600 | |
| 2601 | See also: "option httpchk" |
| 2602 | |
| 2603 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2604 | option tcpka |
| 2605 | Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides |
| 2606 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2607 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2608 | Arguments : none |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 | When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and |
| 2611 | a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle |
| 2612 | periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate |
| 2613 | components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long. |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets |
| 2616 | to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between |
| 2617 | keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the |
| 2618 | operating system and its tuning parameters. |
| 2619 | |
| 2620 | It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor |
| 2621 | received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees |
| 2622 | them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives |
| 2623 | to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be |
| 2624 | forwarded to the other side of the proxy. |
| 2625 | |
| 2626 | Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive. |
| 2627 | |
| 2628 | Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both |
| 2629 | the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful |
| 2630 | only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a |
| 2631 | frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is |
| 2632 | used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this |
| 2633 | reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and |
| 2634 | "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and |
| 2635 | backends. |
| 2636 | |
| 2637 | See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka" |
| 2638 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2639 | |
| 2640 | option tcplog |
| 2641 | Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers |
| 2642 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2643 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2644 | Arguments : none |
| 2645 | |
| 2646 | By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the |
| 2647 | source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying |
| 2648 | "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but |
| 2649 | not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections |
| 2650 | numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source |
| 2651 | address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to |
| 2652 | find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP |
| 2653 | proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete. |
| 2654 | |
| 2655 | This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend. |
| 2656 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2657 | See also : "option httplog", and section 2.6 about logging. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2658 | |
| 2659 | |
| 2660 | option tcpsplice [ experimental ] |
| 2661 | Enable linux kernel-based acceleration of data relaying |
| 2662 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2663 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 2664 | Arguments : none |
| 2665 | |
| 2666 | This option is only available when HAProxy has been built for use on Linux |
| 2667 | with USE_TCPSPLICE=1. This option requires a kernel patch which is available |
| 2668 | on http://www.linux-l7sw.org/. |
| 2669 | |
| 2670 | When "option tcpsplice" is set, as soon as the server's response headers have |
| 2671 | been transferred, the session handling is transferred to the kernel which |
| 2672 | will forward all subsequent data from the server to the client untill the |
| 2673 | session closes. This leads to much faster data transfers between client and |
| 2674 | server since the data is not copied twice between kernel and user space, but |
| 2675 | there are some limitations such as the lack of information about the number |
| 2676 | of bytes transferred and the total transfer time. |
| 2677 | |
| 2678 | This is an experimental feature. It happens to reliably work but issues |
| 2679 | caused by corner cases are to be expected. |
| 2680 | |
| 2681 | Note that this option requires that the process permanently runs with |
| 2682 | CAP_NETADMIN privileges, which most often translates into running as root. |
| 2683 | |
| 2684 | |
| 2685 | option transparent |
| 2686 | no option transparent |
| 2687 | Enable client-side transparent proxying |
| 2688 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
Willy Tarreau | 4b1f859 | 2008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2689 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2690 | Arguments : none |
| 2691 | |
| 2692 | This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3 |
| 2693 | load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming |
| 2694 | connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let |
| 2695 | this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is |
| 2696 | used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination |
| 2697 | IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another |
| 2698 | equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the |
| 2699 | appropriate server. |
| 2700 | |
| 2701 | Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy |
| 2702 | present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection. |
| 2703 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2704 | See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the |
| 2705 | "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2706 | |
Willy Tarreau | bf1f816 | 2007-12-28 17:42:56 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2707 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3a7d207 | 2009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2708 | rate-limit sessions <rate> |
| 2709 | Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend |
| 2710 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2711 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 2712 | Arguments : |
| 2713 | <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number |
| 2714 | of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend. |
| 2715 | |
| 2716 | When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it |
| 2717 | stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again. |
| 2718 | During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog |
| 2719 | (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are |
| 2720 | pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make |
| 2721 | sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword. |
| 2722 | |
| 2723 | This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks |
| 2724 | or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every |
| 2725 | millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately, |
| 2726 | no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold. |
| 2727 | |
| 2728 | Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max |
| 2729 | listen smtp |
| 2730 | mode tcp |
| 2731 | bind :25 |
| 2732 | rate-limit sessions 10 |
| 2733 | server 127.0.0.1:1025 |
| 2734 | |
| 2735 | Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as |
| 2736 | "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated. |
| 2737 | |
| 2738 | See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion. |
| 2739 | |
| 2740 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2741 | redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition> |
| 2742 | redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> {if | unless} <condition> |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2743 | Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched |
| 2744 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2745 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 2746 | |
| 2747 | If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2748 | response. |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2749 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2750 | Arguments : |
| 2751 | <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into |
| 2752 | the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the |
| 2753 | "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the |
| 2754 | complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query" |
Willy Tarreau | fe651a5 | 2008-11-19 21:15:17 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2755 | option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to> |
| 2756 | equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted |
| 2757 | before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same |
| 2758 | URL. |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2759 | |
| 2760 | <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection |
| 2761 | is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is |
| 2762 | used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and |
| 2763 | a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently" |
| 2764 | and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303 |
| 2765 | is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the |
| 2766 | location with a GET method. |
| 2767 | |
| 2768 | <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the |
| 2769 | expected behaviour of a redirection : |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 | - "drop-query" |
| 2772 | When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the |
| 2773 | location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful |
| 2774 | for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect |
| 2775 | with a location-type redirect. |
| 2776 | |
| 2777 | - "set-cookie NAME[=value]" |
| 2778 | A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value") |
| 2779 | to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has |
| 2780 | been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other |
| 2781 | cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note |
| 2782 | that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is |
| 2783 | different from a cookie with an equal sign. |
| 2784 | |
| 2785 | - "clear-cookie NAME[=]" |
| 2786 | A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but |
| 2787 | with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to |
| 2788 | delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is |
| 2789 | important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a |
| 2790 | cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for |
| 2791 | that, because the browser makes the difference. |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2792 | |
| 2793 | Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS. |
| 2794 | acl clear dst_port 80 |
| 2795 | acl secure dst_port 8080 |
| 2796 | acl login_page url_beg /login |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2797 | acl logout url_beg /logout |
Willy Tarreau | 79da469 | 2008-11-19 20:03:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2798 | acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+ |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2799 | acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1 |
| 2800 | |
| 2801 | redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set |
Willy Tarreau | 79da469 | 2008-11-19 20:03:04 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2802 | redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure |
| 2803 | redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given |
| 2804 | redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure |
Willy Tarreau | 0140f25 | 2008-11-19 21:07:09 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2805 | redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout |
Willy Tarreau | b463dfb | 2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 2806 | |
| 2807 | See section 2.3 about ACL usage. |
| 2808 | |
| 2809 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2810 | redisp (deprecated) |
| 2811 | redispatch (deprecated) |
| 2812 | Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure |
| 2813 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2814 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2815 | Arguments : none |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2816 | |
| 2817 | In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may |
| 2818 | definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not |
| 2819 | be able to access the service anymore. |
| 2820 | |
| 2821 | Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and |
| 2822 | redistribute them to a working server. |
| 2823 | |
| 2824 | It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple |
| 2825 | connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero |
| 2826 | value. |
| 2827 | |
| 2828 | This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new |
| 2829 | "option redispatch" instead. |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 | See also : "option redispatch" |
| 2832 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2833 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2834 | reqadd <string> |
| 2835 | Add a header at the end of the HTTP request |
| 2836 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2837 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 2838 | Arguments : |
| 2839 | <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter |
| 2840 | must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2841 | 2.5 about HTTP header manipulation for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2842 | |
| 2843 | A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after |
| 2844 | the last header of an HTTP request. |
| 2845 | |
| 2846 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 2847 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 2848 | responses. |
| 2849 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2850 | See also: "rspadd" and section 2.5 about HTTP header manipulation |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2851 | |
| 2852 | |
| 2853 | reqallow <search> |
| 2854 | reqiallow <search> (ignore case) |
| 2855 | Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression |
| 2856 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2857 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 2858 | Arguments : |
| 2859 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 2860 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 2861 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 2862 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 2863 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The |
| 2864 | "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow" |
| 2865 | ignores case. |
| 2866 | |
| 2867 | A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 2868 | <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would |
| 2869 | result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request |
| 2870 | headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while |
| 2871 | header names are not. |
| 2872 | |
| 2873 | It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies. |
| 2874 | Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs. |
| 2875 | |
| 2876 | Example : |
| 2877 | # allow www.* but refuse *.local |
| 2878 | reqiallow ^Host:\ www\. |
| 2879 | reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local |
| 2880 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2881 | See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 2.5 about HTTP header |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2882 | manipulation |
| 2883 | |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 | reqdel <search> |
| 2886 | reqidel <search> (ignore case) |
| 2887 | Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request |
| 2888 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2889 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 2890 | Arguments : |
| 2891 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 2892 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 2893 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 2894 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 2895 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel" |
| 2896 | keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case. |
| 2897 | |
| 2898 | Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request |
| 2899 | will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted |
| 2900 | and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the |
| 2901 | next servers. |
| 2902 | |
| 2903 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 2904 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 2905 | responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive. |
| 2906 | |
| 2907 | Example : |
| 2908 | # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie |
| 2909 | reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.* |
| 2910 | reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER= |
| 2911 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2912 | See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 2.5 about HTTP header |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2913 | manipulation |
| 2914 | |
| 2915 | |
| 2916 | reqdeny <search> |
| 2917 | reqideny <search> (ignore case) |
| 2918 | Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression |
| 2919 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2920 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 2921 | Arguments : |
| 2922 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 2923 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 2924 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 2925 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 2926 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The |
| 2927 | "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores |
| 2928 | case. |
| 2929 | |
| 2930 | A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 2931 | <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would |
| 2932 | result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request |
| 2933 | headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while |
| 2934 | header names are not. |
| 2935 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2936 | A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2937 | complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2938 | using ACLs. |
| 2939 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2940 | It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies. |
| 2941 | Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs. |
| 2942 | |
| 2943 | Example : |
| 2944 | # refuse *.local, then allow www.* |
| 2945 | reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local |
| 2946 | reqiallow ^Host:\ www\. |
| 2947 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2948 | See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 2.5 about HTTP |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2949 | header manipulation |
| 2950 | |
| 2951 | |
| 2952 | reqpass <search> |
| 2953 | reqipass <search> (ignore case) |
| 2954 | Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules |
| 2955 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2956 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 2957 | Arguments : |
| 2958 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 2959 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 2960 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 2961 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 2962 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The |
| 2963 | "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores |
| 2964 | case. |
| 2965 | |
| 2966 | A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 2967 | <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict. |
| 2968 | The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in |
| 2969 | mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not. |
| 2970 | |
| 2971 | It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies. |
| 2972 | Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs. |
| 2973 | |
| 2974 | Example : |
| 2975 | # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local" |
| 2976 | reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local |
| 2977 | reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local |
| 2978 | reqiallow ^Host:\ www\. |
| 2979 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2980 | See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 2.5 about HTTP |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 2981 | header manipulation |
| 2982 | |
| 2983 | |
| 2984 | reqrep <search> <string> |
| 2985 | reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case) |
| 2986 | Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line |
| 2987 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 2988 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 2989 | Arguments : |
| 2990 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 2991 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 2992 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 2993 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 2994 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep" |
| 2995 | keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case. |
| 2996 | |
| 2997 | <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter |
| 2998 | must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched |
| 2999 | pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N |
| 3000 | being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3001 | 2.5 about HTTP header manipulation for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3002 | |
| 3003 | Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both |
| 3004 | the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>. |
| 3005 | Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers. |
| 3006 | |
| 3007 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3008 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3009 | responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough |
| 3010 | spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in |
| 3011 | request line are case-sensitive while header names are not. |
| 3012 | |
| 3013 | Example : |
| 3014 | # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path. |
| 3015 | reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2 |
| 3016 | # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name. |
| 3017 | reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www |
| 3018 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3019 | See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 2.5 about HTTP header |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3020 | manipulation |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 | |
| 3023 | reqtarpit <search> |
| 3024 | reqitarpit <search> (ignore case) |
| 3025 | Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression |
| 3026 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3027 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3028 | Arguments : |
| 3029 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3030 | request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis |
| 3031 | grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required. |
| 3032 | Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash |
| 3033 | ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The |
| 3034 | "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit" |
| 3035 | ignores case. |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 | A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 3038 | <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3039 | be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so |
| 3040 | that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will |
| 3041 | be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3042 | delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is |
| 3043 | not set. |
| 3044 | |
| 3045 | The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with |
| 3046 | identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections |
| 3047 | and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to |
| 3048 | come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly |
| 3049 | efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls. |
| 3050 | |
| 3051 | Example : |
| 3052 | # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but |
| 3053 | # block all others. |
| 3054 | reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE) |
| 3055 | reqitarpit ^User-Agent: |
| 3056 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3057 | See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 2.5 about HTTP header |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3058 | manipulation |
| 3059 | |
| 3060 | |
Willy Tarreau | e5c5ce9 | 2008-06-20 17:27:19 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3061 | retries <value> |
| 3062 | Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure |
| 3063 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3064 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3065 | Arguments : |
| 3066 | <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on |
| 3067 | a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The |
| 3068 | default value is 3. |
| 3069 | |
| 3070 | It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of |
| 3071 | connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively |
| 3072 | been established to a server, there will be no more retry. |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 | In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting, |
| 3075 | a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs. |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 | When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another |
| 3078 | server even if a cookie references a different server. |
| 3079 | |
| 3080 | See also : "option redispatch" |
| 3081 | |
| 3082 | |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3083 | rspadd <string> |
| 3084 | Add a header at the end of the HTTP response |
| 3085 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3086 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3087 | Arguments : |
| 3088 | <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter |
| 3089 | must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3090 | 2.5 about HTTP header manipulation for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3091 | |
| 3092 | A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after |
| 3093 | the last header of an HTTP response. |
| 3094 | |
| 3095 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3096 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3097 | responses. |
| 3098 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3099 | See also: "reqadd" and section 2.5 about HTTP header manipulation |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3100 | |
| 3101 | |
| 3102 | rspdel <search> |
| 3103 | rspidel <search> (ignore case) |
| 3104 | Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response |
| 3105 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3106 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3107 | Arguments : |
| 3108 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3109 | response line. This is an extended regular expression, so |
| 3110 | parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash |
| 3111 | is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using |
| 3112 | a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. |
| 3113 | The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel" |
| 3114 | ignores case. |
| 3115 | |
| 3116 | Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response |
| 3117 | will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted |
| 3118 | and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the |
| 3119 | client. |
| 3120 | |
| 3121 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3122 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3123 | responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive. |
| 3124 | |
| 3125 | Example : |
| 3126 | # remove the Server header from responses |
| 3127 | reqidel ^Server:.* |
| 3128 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3129 | See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 2.5 about HTTP header |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3130 | manipulation |
| 3131 | |
| 3132 | |
| 3133 | rspdeny <search> |
| 3134 | rspideny <search> (ignore case) |
| 3135 | Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression |
| 3136 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3137 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3138 | Arguments : |
| 3139 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3140 | response line. This is an extended regular expression, so |
| 3141 | parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash |
| 3142 | is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using |
| 3143 | a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. |
| 3144 | The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny" |
| 3145 | ignores case. |
| 3146 | |
| 3147 | A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression |
| 3148 | <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the |
| 3149 | response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not |
| 3150 | case-sensitive. |
| 3151 | |
| 3152 | Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3153 | block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it |
| 3154 | will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves |
| 3155 | any sensitive data. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3156 | |
| 3157 | It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies. |
| 3158 | Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs. |
| 3159 | |
| 3160 | Example : |
| 3161 | # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak |
| 3162 | rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word |
| 3163 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3164 | See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 2.5 about HTTP header |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3165 | manipulation |
| 3166 | |
| 3167 | |
| 3168 | rsprep <search> <string> |
| 3169 | rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case) |
| 3170 | Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line |
| 3171 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3172 | no | yes | yes | yes |
| 3173 | Arguments : |
| 3174 | <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the |
| 3175 | response line. This is an extended regular expression, so |
| 3176 | parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash |
| 3177 | is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using |
| 3178 | a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. |
| 3179 | The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep" |
| 3180 | ignores case. |
| 3181 | |
| 3182 | <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter |
| 3183 | must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched |
| 3184 | pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N |
| 3185 | being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3186 | 2.5 about HTTP header manipulation for more information. |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3187 | |
| 3188 | Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both |
| 3189 | the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with |
| 3190 | <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers. |
| 3191 | |
| 3192 | Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy, |
| 3193 | and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error |
| 3194 | responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough |
| 3195 | spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names |
| 3196 | are not case-sensitive. |
| 3197 | |
| 3198 | Example : |
| 3199 | # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com" |
| 3200 | rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com |
| 3201 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3202 | See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 2.5 about HTTP header |
Willy Tarreau | 303c035 | 2008-01-17 19:01:39 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3203 | manipulation |
| 3204 | |
| 3205 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3206 | server <name> <address>[:port] [param*] |
| 3207 | Declare a server in a backend |
| 3208 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3209 | no | no | yes | yes |
| 3210 | Arguments : |
| 3211 | <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will |
| 3212 | appear in logs and alerts. |
| 3213 | |
| 3214 | <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable |
| 3215 | hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during |
| 3216 | start-up. |
| 3217 | |
| 3218 | <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will |
| 3219 | be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client |
| 3220 | connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+" |
| 3221 | or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by |
| 3222 | adding this value to the client's port. |
| 3223 | |
| 3224 | <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords |
| 3225 | accepts an important number of options and has a complete section |
| 3226 | dedicated to it. Please refer to section 2.4 for more details. |
| 3227 | |
| 3228 | Examples : |
| 3229 | server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000 |
| 3230 | server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000 |
| 3231 | |
| 3232 | See also : section 2.4 about server options |
| 3233 | |
| 3234 | |
| 3235 | source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ] |
Willy Tarreau | d53f96b | 2009-02-04 18:46:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3236 | source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>] |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3237 | Set the source address for outgoing connections |
| 3238 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3239 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3240 | Arguments : |
| 3241 | <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a |
| 3242 | server. This address is also used as a source for health checks. |
| 3243 | The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select |
| 3244 | the most appropriate address to reach its destination. |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 | <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful |
| 3247 | in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means |
| 3248 | the system will select a free port. |
| 3249 | |
| 3250 | <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are |
| 3251 | forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only |
| 3252 | supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is |
| 3253 | specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented |
| 3254 | with this address, while health checks will still use the address |
| 3255 | <addr>. |
| 3256 | |
| 3257 | <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections |
| 3258 | are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above). |
| 3259 | The default value of zero means the system will select a free |
| 3260 | port. |
| 3261 | |
Willy Tarreau | d53f96b | 2009-02-04 18:46:54 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3262 | <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing |
| 3263 | traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only |
| 3264 | Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to |
| 3265 | this interface even if it is not the one the system would select |
| 3266 | based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care. |
| 3267 | Note that using this option requires root privileges. |
| 3268 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3269 | The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific |
| 3270 | address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a |
| 3271 | private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is |
| 3272 | known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself. |
| 3273 | |
| 3274 | An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used |
| 3275 | through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the |
| 3276 | servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This |
| 3277 | is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination |
| 3278 | servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine |
| 3279 | running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine. |
| 3280 | |
| 3281 | In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP |
| 3282 | address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more |
| 3283 | common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this, |
| 3284 | there are two methods : |
| 3285 | |
| 3286 | - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent |
| 3287 | mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on |
| 3288 | the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different |
| 3289 | states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not |
| 3290 | limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all |
| 3291 | of the client ranges may be used. |
| 3292 | |
| 3293 | - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This |
| 3294 | solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream |
| 3295 | firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside |
| 3296 | of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports. |
| 3297 | However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP |
| 3298 | connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the |
| 3299 | same session. |
| 3300 | |
| 3301 | Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be |
| 3302 | required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an |
| 3303 | IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the |
| 3304 | IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing |
| 3305 | address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure |
| 3306 | forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation. |
| 3307 | |
| 3308 | This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may |
| 3309 | also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification |
| 3310 | is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to |
| 3311 | section 2.4 for more information. |
| 3312 | |
| 3313 | Examples : |
| 3314 | backend private |
| 3315 | # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address |
| 3316 | source 192.168.1.200 |
| 3317 | |
| 3318 | backend transparent_ssl1 |
| 3319 | # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address |
| 3320 | source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip |
| 3321 | |
| 3322 | backend transparent_ssl2 |
| 3323 | # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port |
| 3324 | # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine. |
| 3325 | source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | backend transparent_ssl3 |
| 3328 | # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It |
| 3329 | # is more conntrack-friendly. |
| 3330 | source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip |
| 3331 | |
| 3332 | backend transparent_smtp |
| 3333 | # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port |
| 3334 | # with Tproxy version 4. |
| 3335 | source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 | See also : the "source" server option in section 2.4, the Tproxy patches for |
| 3338 | the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword. |
| 3339 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 25b501a | 2008-01-06 16:36:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3340 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3341 | srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated) |
| 3342 | Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side. |
| 3343 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3344 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3345 | Arguments : |
| 3346 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 3347 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 3348 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 3349 | |
| 3350 | The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or |
| 3351 | send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider |
| 3352 | during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the |
| 3353 | headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the |
| 3354 | request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with |
| 3355 | what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs |
| 3356 | to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly. |
| 3357 | |
| 3358 | The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other |
| 3359 | unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this |
| 3360 | document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly |
| 3361 | recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in |
| 3362 | order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3363 | response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3364 | packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 |
| 3365 | seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum). |
| 3366 | |
| 3367 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 3368 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 3369 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 3370 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 3371 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in |
| 3372 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 3373 | |
| 3374 | This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated. |
| 3375 | Please use "timeout server" instead. |
| 3376 | |
| 3377 | See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout". |
| 3378 | |
| 3379 | |
Willy Tarreau | eabeafa | 2008-01-16 16:17:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3380 | stats auth <user>:<passwd> |
| 3381 | Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account |
| 3382 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3383 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3384 | Arguments : |
| 3385 | <user> is a user name to grant access to |
| 3386 | |
| 3387 | <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user |
| 3388 | |
| 3389 | This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access |
| 3390 | to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to |
| 3391 | allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics |
| 3392 | without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that |
| 3393 | the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real |
| 3394 | which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm". |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords |
| 3397 | circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the |
| 3398 | configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users |
| 3399 | that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account. |
| 3400 | |
| 3401 | It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the |
| 3402 | report using "stats scope". |
| 3403 | |
| 3404 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3405 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3406 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3407 | |
| 3408 | Example : |
| 3409 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 3410 | backend public_www |
| 3411 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 3412 | stats enable |
| 3413 | stats hide-version |
| 3414 | stats scope . |
| 3415 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3416 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 3417 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 3418 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 3421 | backend private_monitoring |
| 3422 | stats enable |
| 3423 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3424 | stats refresh 5s |
| 3425 | |
| 3426 | See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri" |
| 3427 | |
| 3428 | |
| 3429 | stats enable |
| 3430 | Enable statistics reporting with default settings |
| 3431 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3432 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3433 | Arguments : none |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined |
| 3436 | at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used : |
| 3437 | - stats uri : /haproxy?stats |
| 3438 | - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics" |
| 3439 | - stats auth : no authentication |
| 3440 | - stats scope : no restriction |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3443 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3444 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3445 | |
| 3446 | Example : |
| 3447 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 3448 | backend public_www |
| 3449 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 3450 | stats enable |
| 3451 | stats hide-version |
| 3452 | stats scope . |
| 3453 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3454 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 3455 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 3456 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 3457 | |
| 3458 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 3459 | backend private_monitoring |
| 3460 | stats enable |
| 3461 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3462 | stats refresh 5s |
| 3463 | |
| 3464 | See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri" |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 | |
| 3467 | stats realm <realm> |
| 3468 | Enable statistics and set authentication realm |
| 3469 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3470 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3471 | Arguments : |
| 3472 | <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to |
| 3473 | the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up |
| 3474 | inviting the user to enter a valid username and password. |
| 3475 | |
| 3476 | The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped |
| 3477 | using a backslash ('\'). |
| 3478 | |
| 3479 | This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is |
| 3480 | only related to authentication. |
| 3481 | |
| 3482 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3483 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3484 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3485 | |
| 3486 | Example : |
| 3487 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 3488 | backend public_www |
| 3489 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 3490 | stats enable |
| 3491 | stats hide-version |
| 3492 | stats scope . |
| 3493 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3494 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 3495 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 3496 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 3497 | |
| 3498 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 3499 | backend private_monitoring |
| 3500 | stats enable |
| 3501 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3502 | stats refresh 5s |
| 3503 | |
| 3504 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri" |
| 3505 | |
| 3506 | |
| 3507 | stats refresh <delay> |
| 3508 | Enable statistics with automatic refresh |
| 3509 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3510 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3511 | Arguments : |
| 3512 | <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will |
| 3513 | be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the |
| 3514 | browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it |
| 3515 | and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may |
| 3516 | be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the |
| 3517 | unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document. |
| 3518 | |
| 3519 | This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page |
| 3520 | reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will |
| 3521 | include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether |
| 3522 | he wants automatic refresh of the page or not. |
| 3523 | |
| 3524 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3525 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3526 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3527 | |
| 3528 | Example : |
| 3529 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 3530 | backend public_www |
| 3531 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 3532 | stats enable |
| 3533 | stats hide-version |
| 3534 | stats scope . |
| 3535 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3536 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 3537 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 3538 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 3539 | |
| 3540 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 3541 | backend private_monitoring |
| 3542 | stats enable |
| 3543 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3544 | stats refresh 5s |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri" |
| 3547 | |
| 3548 | |
| 3549 | stats scope { <name> | "." } |
| 3550 | Enable statistics and limit access scope |
| 3551 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3552 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3553 | Arguments : |
| 3554 | <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be |
| 3555 | reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the |
| 3556 | section in which the statement appears. |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 | When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this |
| 3559 | statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This |
| 3560 | statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be |
| 3561 | reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string |
| 3562 | comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really |
| 3563 | exists. |
| 3564 | |
| 3565 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3566 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3567 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3568 | |
| 3569 | Example : |
| 3570 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 3571 | backend public_www |
| 3572 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 3573 | stats enable |
| 3574 | stats hide-version |
| 3575 | stats scope . |
| 3576 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3577 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 3578 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 3579 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 3580 | |
| 3581 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 3582 | backend private_monitoring |
| 3583 | stats enable |
| 3584 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3585 | stats refresh 5s |
| 3586 | |
| 3587 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri" |
| 3588 | |
| 3589 | |
| 3590 | stats uri <prefix> |
| 3591 | Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them |
| 3592 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3593 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3594 | Arguments : |
| 3595 | <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This |
| 3596 | prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a |
| 3597 | query string. |
| 3598 | |
| 3599 | The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a |
| 3600 | page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the |
| 3601 | selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be |
| 3602 | possible to reach it in the application. |
| 3603 | |
| 3604 | The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be |
| 3605 | changed at build time, so it's better to always explictly specify it here. |
| 3606 | It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that |
| 3607 | intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string |
| 3608 | beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question |
| 3609 | mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words. |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that |
| 3612 | statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate |
| 3613 | an address or a port to statistics only. |
| 3614 | |
| 3615 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3616 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3617 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3618 | |
| 3619 | Example : |
| 3620 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 3621 | backend public_www |
| 3622 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 3623 | stats enable |
| 3624 | stats hide-version |
| 3625 | stats scope . |
| 3626 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3627 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 3628 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 3629 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 3630 | |
| 3631 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 3632 | backend private_monitoring |
| 3633 | stats enable |
| 3634 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3635 | stats refresh 5s |
| 3636 | |
| 3637 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm" |
| 3638 | |
| 3639 | |
| 3640 | stats hide-version |
| 3641 | Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting |
| 3642 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3643 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3644 | Arguments : none |
| 3645 | |
| 3646 | By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with |
| 3647 | the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally |
| 3648 | considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them |
| 3649 | target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version" |
| 3650 | statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended |
| 3651 | for public sites or any site with a weak login/password. |
| 3652 | |
| 3653 | Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is |
| 3654 | recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default |
| 3655 | unobvious parameters. |
| 3656 | |
| 3657 | Example : |
| 3658 | # public access (limited to this backend only) |
| 3659 | backend public_www |
| 3660 | server srv1 192.168.0.1:80 |
| 3661 | stats enable |
| 3662 | stats hide-version |
| 3663 | stats scope . |
| 3664 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3665 | stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics |
| 3666 | stats auth admin1:AdMiN123 |
| 3667 | stats auth admin2:AdMiN321 |
| 3668 | |
| 3669 | # internal monitoring access (unlimited) |
| 3670 | backend private_monitoring |
| 3671 | stats enable |
| 3672 | stats uri /admin?stats |
| 3673 | stats refresh 5s |
| 3674 | |
| 3675 | See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri" |
| 3676 | |
| 3677 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3678 | tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>] |
| 3679 | Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched |
| 3680 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3681 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 3682 | |
| 3683 | During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the |
| 3684 | condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless"). |
| 3685 | Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an |
| 3686 | uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately |
| 3687 | stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand |
| 3688 | that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration |
| 3689 | order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no |
| 3690 | specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted. |
| 3691 | |
| 3692 | Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on |
| 3693 | the action, it is simply performed unconditionally. |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is |
| 3696 | "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another |
| 3697 | "reject" statement. |
| 3698 | |
| 3699 | See section 2.3 about ACL usage. |
| 3700 | |
| 3701 | See also : "tcp-request content-reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay" |
| 3702 | |
| 3703 | |
| 3704 | tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>] |
| 3705 | Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched |
| 3706 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3707 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 3708 | |
| 3709 | During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the |
| 3710 | condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless"). |
| 3711 | Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an |
| 3712 | uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately |
| 3713 | stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand |
| 3714 | that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration |
| 3715 | order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no |
| 3716 | specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted. |
| 3717 | |
| 3718 | Note that the "if/unless" condition is optionnal. If no condition is set on |
| 3719 | the action, it is simply performed unconditionally. |
| 3720 | |
| 3721 | If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to |
| 3722 | "accept". |
| 3723 | |
| 3724 | Example: |
| 3725 | # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first |
| 3726 | tcp-request inspect-delay 30s |
| 3727 | acl content_present req_len gt 0 |
| 3728 | tcp-request reject if content_present |
| 3729 | |
| 3730 | # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks |
| 3731 | tcp-request inspect-delay 30s |
| 3732 | acl content_present req_len gt 0 |
| 3733 | tcp-request accept if content_present |
| 3734 | tcp-request reject |
| 3735 | |
| 3736 | See section 2.3 about ACL usage. |
| 3737 | |
| 3738 | See also : "tcp-request content-accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay" |
| 3739 | |
| 3740 | |
| 3741 | tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout> |
| 3742 | Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection |
| 3743 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3744 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 3745 | Arguments : |
| 3746 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 3747 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 3748 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 | People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the |
| 3751 | risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In |
| 3752 | order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold |
| 3753 | the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of |
| 3754 | data for at most the specified amount of time. |
| 3755 | |
| 3756 | Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole |
| 3757 | rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that |
| 3758 | those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementionned delay, |
| 3759 | a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the |
Willy Tarreau | d869b24 | 2009-03-15 14:43:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3760 | contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all |
| 3761 | and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information. |
| 3762 | Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such |
| 3763 | setups are not recommended. |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 3764 | |
| 3765 | As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If |
| 3766 | the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let |
| 3767 | it pass through unaffected. |
| 3768 | |
| 3769 | For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients |
| 3770 | send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to |
| 3771 | cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense |
| 3772 | to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks |
| 3773 | before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing |
| 3774 | data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at |
| 3775 | least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first. |
| 3776 | |
| 3777 | See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content-reject", |
| 3778 | "timeout client". |
| 3779 | |
| 3780 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3781 | timeout check <timeout> |
| 3782 | Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already |
| 3783 | established. |
| 3784 | |
| 3785 | May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3786 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3787 | Arguments: |
| 3788 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 3789 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 3790 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 3791 | |
| 3792 | If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout |
| 3793 | for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is |
| 3794 | used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those |
| 3795 | who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks. |
| 3796 | Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of |
| 3797 | long "timeout connect". |
| 3798 | |
| 3799 | If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check |
| 3800 | timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version. |
| 3801 | |
| 3802 | In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal |
| 3803 | requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should |
Willy Tarreau | 41a340d | 2008-01-22 12:25:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3804 | be smaller than "timeout server". |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3805 | |
| 3806 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 3807 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 3808 | forget about it. |
| 3809 | |
Willy Tarreau | 41a340d | 2008-01-22 12:25:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3810 | See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server", |
| 3811 | "timeout tarpit". |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3812 | |
| 3813 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3814 | timeout client <timeout> |
| 3815 | timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated) |
| 3816 | Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side. |
| 3817 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3818 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 3819 | Arguments : |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3820 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3821 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 3822 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 3823 | |
| 3824 | The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or |
| 3825 | send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider |
| 3826 | during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the |
| 3827 | response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified |
| 3828 | in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is |
| 3829 | suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode |
| 3830 | (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the |
| 3831 | client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3832 | situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3833 | losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds |
| 3834 | (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). |
| 3835 | |
| 3836 | This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 3837 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 3838 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 3839 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 3840 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in |
| 3841 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 3842 | |
| 3843 | This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended |
| 3844 | to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is |
| 3845 | provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged. |
| 3846 | |
| 3847 | See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server". |
| 3848 | |
| 3849 | |
| 3850 | timeout connect <timeout> |
| 3851 | timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated) |
| 3852 | Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed. |
| 3853 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3854 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3855 | Arguments : |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3856 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3857 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 3858 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 3859 | |
| 3860 | If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3861 | immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3862 | cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are |
| 3863 | slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3864 | connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value |
| 3865 | if these have not been specified. |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3866 | |
| 3867 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 3868 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 3869 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 3870 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 3871 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in |
| 3872 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 3873 | |
| 3874 | This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended |
| 3875 | to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is |
| 3876 | provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged. |
| 3877 | |
Willy Tarreau | 41a340d | 2008-01-22 12:25:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3878 | See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout", |
| 3879 | "timeout tarpit". |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3880 | |
| 3881 | |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3882 | timeout http-request <timeout> |
| 3883 | Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request |
| 3884 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3885 | yes | yes | yes | no |
| 3886 | Arguments : |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3887 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3888 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 3889 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 | In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum |
| 3892 | accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client |
| 3893 | timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which |
| 3894 | nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against |
| 3895 | this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the |
| 3896 | attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not |
| 3897 | trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client |
| 3898 | types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time. |
| 3899 | |
| 3900 | Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and |
| 3901 | not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not |
| 3902 | used anymore. |
| 3903 | |
| 3904 | Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the |
| 3905 | full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP |
| 3906 | retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will |
| 3907 | generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This |
| 3908 | will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet. |
| 3909 | |
| 3910 | If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each |
| 3911 | chunk of the incoming request. |
| 3912 | |
| 3913 | See also : "timeout client". |
| 3914 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3915 | |
| 3916 | timeout queue <timeout> |
| 3917 | Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free |
| 3918 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3919 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3920 | Arguments : |
| 3921 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 3922 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 3923 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 3924 | |
| 3925 | When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue |
| 3926 | which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait |
| 3927 | indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the |
| 3928 | timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be |
| 3929 | served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client. |
| 3930 | |
| 3931 | The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to |
| 3932 | be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's |
| 3933 | connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility |
| 3934 | with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter. |
| 3935 | |
| 3936 | See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout". |
| 3937 | |
| 3938 | |
| 3939 | timeout server <timeout> |
| 3940 | timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated) |
| 3941 | Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side. |
| 3942 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3943 | yes | no | yes | yes |
| 3944 | Arguments : |
| 3945 | <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 3946 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 3947 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 3948 | |
| 3949 | The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or |
| 3950 | send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider |
| 3951 | during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the |
| 3952 | headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the |
| 3953 | request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with |
| 3954 | what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs |
| 3955 | to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly. |
| 3956 | |
| 3957 | The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other |
| 3958 | unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this |
| 3959 | document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly |
| 3960 | recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in |
| 3961 | order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3962 | response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 3963 | packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 |
| 3964 | seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum). |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 | This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in |
| 3967 | "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to |
| 3968 | forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which |
| 3969 | is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning |
| 3970 | during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in |
| 3971 | the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either. |
| 3972 | |
| 3973 | This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended |
| 3974 | to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is |
| 3975 | provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged. |
| 3976 | |
| 3977 | See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client". |
| 3978 | |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 | timeout tarpit <timeout> |
| 3981 | Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained |
| 3982 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 3983 | yes | yes | yes | yes |
| 3984 | Arguments : |
| 3985 | <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but |
| 3986 | can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, |
| 3987 | as explained at the top of this document. |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 | When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with |
| 3990 | no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit" |
| 3991 | defines how long it will be maintained open. |
| 3992 | |
| 3993 | The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other |
| 3994 | unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this |
| 3995 | document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout |
| 3996 | ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions |
| 3997 | with no "timeout tapit" parameter. |
| 3998 | |
| 3999 | See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout". |
| 4000 | |
| 4001 | |
| 4002 | transparent (deprecated) |
| 4003 | Enable client-side transparent proxying |
| 4004 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
Willy Tarreau | 4b1f859 | 2008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4005 | yes | no | yes | yes |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4006 | Arguments : none |
| 4007 | |
| 4008 | This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer |
| 4009 | 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming |
| 4010 | connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let |
| 4011 | this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is |
| 4012 | used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination |
| 4013 | IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another |
| 4014 | equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the |
| 4015 | appropriate server. |
| 4016 | |
| 4017 | The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead. |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 | Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy |
| 4020 | present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection. |
| 4021 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4022 | See also: "option transparent" |
| 4023 | |
| 4024 | |
| 4025 | use_backend <backend> if <condition> |
| 4026 | use_backend <backend> unless <condition> |
| 4027 | Switch to a specific backend if/unless a Layer 7 condition is matched. |
| 4028 | May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend |
| 4029 | no | yes | yes | no |
| 4030 | Arguments : |
| 4031 | <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section. |
| 4032 | |
| 4033 | <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 2.3. |
| 4034 | |
| 4035 | When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then |
| 4036 | dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The |
| 4037 | relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the |
| 4038 | "use_backend" keyword. This is supported only in HTTP mode. |
| 4039 | |
| 4040 | There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are |
| 4041 | evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will |
| 4042 | assign the backend. |
| 4043 | |
| 4044 | In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the |
| 4045 | second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no |
| 4046 | condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used. |
| 4047 | If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are |
| 4048 | used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is |
| 4049 | used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned. |
| 4050 | |
| 4051 | See also: "default_backend" and section 2.3 about ACLs. |
| 4052 | |
Willy Tarreau | 036fae0 | 2008-01-06 13:24:40 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4053 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4054 | 2.3) Using ACLs |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4055 | --------------- |
| 4056 | |
| 4057 | The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4058 | content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted |
| 4059 | from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is |
| 4060 | simple : |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4061 | |
| 4062 | - define test criteria with sets of values |
| 4063 | - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid |
| 4064 | |
| 4065 | The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend. |
| 4066 | |
| 4067 | In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is : |
| 4068 | |
| 4069 | acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ... |
| 4070 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4071 | This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests. |
| 4072 | Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion> |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4073 | and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support |
| 4074 | an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are |
| 4075 | of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces. |
| 4076 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4077 | ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash), |
| 4078 | '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive, |
| 4079 | which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs. |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 | There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4082 | performance, they just consume a small amount of memory. |
| 4083 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4084 | The following ACL flags are currently supported : |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4085 | |
| 4086 | -i : ignore case during matching. |
| 4087 | -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags. |
| 4088 | |
| 4089 | Supported types of values are : |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4090 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4091 | - integers or integer ranges |
| 4092 | - strings |
| 4093 | - regular expressions |
| 4094 | - IP addresses and networks |
| 4095 | |
| 4096 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4097 | 2.3.1) Matching integers |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4098 | ------------------------ |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 | Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note |
| 4101 | that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value |
| 4102 | expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which |
| 4103 | may be omitted. |
| 4104 | |
| 4105 | For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of |
| 4106 | unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid |
| 4107 | representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work. |
| 4108 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4109 | As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact |
| 4110 | two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for |
| 4111 | instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including |
| 4112 | ranges and operators. |
| 4113 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4114 | For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4115 | operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged. |
| 4116 | Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set |
| 4117 | of values. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4118 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4119 | Available operators for integer matching are : |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4120 | |
| 4121 | eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value |
| 4122 | ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value |
| 4123 | gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value |
| 4124 | le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value |
| 4125 | lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value |
| 4126 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4127 | For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header : |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4128 | |
| 4129 | acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0 |
| 4130 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4131 | This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) : |
| 4132 | |
| 4133 | acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1 |
| 4134 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4135 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4136 | 2.3.2) Matching strings |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4137 | ----------------------- |
| 4138 | |
| 4139 | String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the |
| 4140 | exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some |
| 4141 | characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first |
| 4142 | string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order |
| 4143 | to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4144 | before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--". |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4145 | |
| 4146 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4147 | 2.3.3) Matching regular expressions (regexes) |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4148 | --------------------------------------------- |
| 4149 | |
| 4150 | Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as |
| 4151 | they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it |
| 4152 | possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is |
| 4153 | passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring |
| 4154 | the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4155 | the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to |
| 4156 | match the string "--". |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4157 | |
| 4158 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4159 | 2.3.4) Matching IPv4 addresses |
| 4160 | ------------------------------ |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4161 | |
| 4162 | IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a |
| 4163 | netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is |
| 4164 | within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4165 | host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4166 | difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should |
| 4167 | at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration |
| 4168 | does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is |
| 4169 | parsed. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4170 | |
| 4171 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4172 | 2.3.5) Available matching criteria |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4173 | ---------------------------------- |
| 4174 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4175 | 2.3.5.1) Matching at Layer 4 and below |
| 4176 | -------------------------------------- |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 | A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any |
| 4179 | analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP |
| 4180 | addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream. |
| 4181 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4182 | always_false |
| 4183 | This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as |
| 4184 | a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations. |
| 4185 | |
| 4186 | always_true |
| 4187 | This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as |
| 4188 | a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations. |
| 4189 | |
| 4190 | src <ip_address> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4191 | Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4192 | certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source |
| 4193 | address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy. |
| 4194 | |
| 4195 | src_port <integer> |
| 4196 | Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage. |
| 4197 | |
| 4198 | dst <ip_address> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4199 | Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4200 | switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses. |
| 4201 | |
| 4202 | dst_port <integer> |
| 4203 | Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch |
| 4204 | to a different backend for some alternative ports. |
| 4205 | |
| 4206 | dst_conn <integer> |
| 4207 | Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend, |
| 4208 | including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4209 | page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4210 | when the farm is considered saturated. |
| 4211 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4212 | nbsrv <integer> |
| 4213 | nbsrv(backend) <integer> |
| 4214 | Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend |
| 4215 | or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to |
| 4216 | switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to |
| 4217 | to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with |
| 4218 | "monitor fail". |
| 4219 | |
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim | 5051d7b | 2008-09-04 01:03:03 +0800 | [diff] [blame] | 4220 | connslots <integer> |
| 4221 | connslots(backend) <integer> |
| 4222 | The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots" |
| 4223 | still available (connection, + queue) - so that anything beyond that (intended |
| 4224 | usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend. |
| 4225 | |
| 4226 | 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of available |
| 4227 | server queue slots. |
| 4228 | |
| 4229 | *Note that while "dst_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially useful |
| 4230 | when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into multiple |
| 4231 | backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) - and you want to |
| 4232 | be able to differentiate between different backends, and their "connslots" |
| 4233 | available. Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are actually *down*, |
| 4234 | this acl is more fine-grained - and looks into the number of conn slots available |
| 4235 | as well. |
| 4236 | |
| 4237 | *OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care of |
| 4238 | dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0, then |
| 4239 | this acl clearly does not make sense - in which case the value returned will be -1. |
| 4240 | |
Willy Tarreau | 079ff0a | 2009-03-05 21:34:28 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4241 | fe_sess_rate <integer> |
| 4242 | fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer> |
| 4243 | Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named |
| 4244 | frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions |
| 4245 | per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in |
| 4246 | order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be |
| 4247 | combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for |
| 4248 | the rate to go down below the limit. |
| 4249 | |
| 4250 | Example : |
| 4251 | # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100 |
| 4252 | # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and |
| 4253 | # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to |
| 4254 | # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second. |
| 4255 | frontend mail |
| 4256 | bind :25 |
| 4257 | mode tcp |
| 4258 | maxconn 100 |
| 4259 | acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10 |
| 4260 | tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms |
| 4261 | tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast |
| 4262 | tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END |
| 4263 | |
| 4264 | be_sess_rate <integer> |
| 4265 | be_sess_rate(backend) <integer> |
| 4266 | Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the |
| 4267 | specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is |
| 4268 | used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one |
| 4269 | reaches too high a session rate, or to limite abuse of service (eg. prevent |
| 4270 | sucking of an online dictionary). |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | Example : |
| 4273 | # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often |
| 4274 | backend dynamic |
| 4275 | mode http |
| 4276 | acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100 |
| 4277 | redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned |
| 4278 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4279 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4280 | 2.3.5.2) Matching contents at Layer 4 |
| 4281 | ------------------------------------- |
| 4282 | |
| 4283 | A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change |
| 4284 | during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance |
| 4285 | through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword |
| 4286 | for more detailed information on the subject. |
| 4287 | |
| 4288 | req_len <integer> |
| 4289 | Returns true when the lenght of the data in the request buffer matches the |
| 4290 | specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not |
| 4291 | return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with |
| 4292 | equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the |
| 4293 | session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and |
| 4294 | return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in. |
| 4295 | This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection. |
| 4296 | |
| 4297 | req_ssl_ver <decimal> |
| 4298 | Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol |
| 4299 | version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3 |
| 4300 | messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being |
| 4301 | easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the |
| 4302 | message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note |
| 4303 | that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used |
| 4304 | with TCP request content inspection. |
| 4305 | |
Willy Tarreau | b6fb420 | 2008-07-20 11:18:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4306 | wait_end |
| 4307 | Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in |
| 4308 | conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early. |
| 4309 | It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some |
| 4310 | special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately |
| 4311 | returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule. |
| 4312 | Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior |
| 4313 | declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content |
| 4314 | inspection. |
| 4315 | |
| 4316 | Examples : |
| 4317 | # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds |
| 4318 | tcp-request inspect-delay 2s |
| 4319 | tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 | # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected |
| 4322 | tcp-request inspect-delay 10s |
| 4323 | acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24 |
| 4324 | acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24 |
| 4325 | tcp-request content accept if goodguys |
| 4326 | tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END |
| 4327 | tcp-request content reject |
| 4328 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4329 | |
| 4330 | 2.3.5.3) Matching at Layer 7 |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4331 | ---------------------------- |
| 4332 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6264477 | 2008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4333 | A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4334 | application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been |
| 4335 | read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources |
| 4336 | than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed. |
| 4337 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4338 | method <string> |
| 4339 | Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL |
| 4340 | already check for most common methods. |
| 4341 | |
| 4342 | req_ver <string> |
| 4343 | Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined |
| 4344 | ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1. |
| 4345 | |
| 4346 | path <string> |
| 4347 | Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first |
| 4348 | slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be |
| 4349 | used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico. |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 | path_beg <string> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4352 | Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used |
| 4353 | to send certain directory names to alternative backends. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4354 | |
| 4355 | path_end <string> |
| 4356 | Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to |
| 4357 | control file name extension. |
| 4358 | |
| 4359 | path_sub <string> |
| 4360 | Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to |
| 4361 | detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also |
| 4362 | "path_dir". |
| 4363 | |
| 4364 | path_dir <string> |
| 4365 | Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with |
| 4366 | slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name |
| 4367 | matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also |
| 4368 | "url_dir" and "path_sub". |
| 4369 | |
| 4370 | path_dom <string> |
| 4371 | Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots |
| 4372 | in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy |
| 4373 | requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom". |
| 4374 | |
| 4375 | path_reg <regex> |
| 4376 | Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be |
| 4377 | used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower |
| 4378 | than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria. |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 | url <string> |
| 4381 | Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match |
| 4382 | "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL. |
| 4383 | |
| 4384 | url_beg <string> |
| 4385 | Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to |
| 4386 | check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme. |
| 4387 | |
| 4388 | url_end <string> |
| 4389 | Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited |
| 4390 | use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching. |
| 4391 | |
| 4392 | url_sub <string> |
| 4393 | Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to |
| 4394 | detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub". |
| 4395 | |
| 4396 | url_dir <string> |
| 4397 | Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with |
| 4398 | slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name |
| 4399 | matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also |
| 4400 | "path_dir" and "url_sub". |
| 4401 | |
| 4402 | url_dom <string> |
| 4403 | Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots |
| 4404 | in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of |
| 4405 | wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub". |
| 4406 | |
| 4407 | url_reg <regex> |
| 4408 | Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be |
| 4409 | used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower |
| 4410 | than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria. |
| 4411 | |
Alexandre Cassen | 5eb1a90 | 2007-11-29 15:43:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4412 | url_ip <ip_address> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4413 | Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. |
| 4414 | It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network. |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4415 | It is useful with option "http_proxy". |
Alexandre Cassen | 5eb1a90 | 2007-11-29 15:43:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4416 | |
| 4417 | url_port <integer> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4418 | Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can |
| 4419 | be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4420 | "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80 |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4421 | is assumed. |
Alexandre Cassen | 5eb1a90 | 2007-11-29 15:43:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4422 | |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4423 | hdr <string> |
| 4424 | hdr(header) <string> |
| 4425 | Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a |
| 4426 | particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4427 | space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies |
| 4428 | with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4429 | |
| 4430 | The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4431 | match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4432 | instance, checking that "connection: close" is set : |
| 4433 | |
| 4434 | hdr(Connection) -i close |
| 4435 | |
| 4436 | hdr_beg <string> |
| 4437 | hdr_beg(header) <string> |
| 4438 | Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See |
| 4439 | "hdr" for more information on header matching. |
| 4440 | |
| 4441 | hdr_end <string> |
| 4442 | hdr_end(header) <string> |
| 4443 | Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr" |
| 4444 | for more information on header matching. |
| 4445 | |
| 4446 | hdr_sub <string> |
| 4447 | hdr_sub(header) <string> |
| 4448 | Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr" |
| 4449 | for more information on header matching. |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 | hdr_dir <string> |
| 4452 | hdr_dir(header) <string> |
| 4453 | Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either |
| 4454 | isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or |
| 4455 | directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more |
| 4456 | information on header matching. |
| 4457 | |
| 4458 | hdr_dom <string> |
| 4459 | hdr_dom(header) <string> |
| 4460 | Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either |
| 4461 | isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching, |
| 4462 | and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on |
| 4463 | header matching. |
| 4464 | |
| 4465 | hdr_reg <regex> |
| 4466 | hdr_reg(header) <regex> |
| 4467 | Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It |
| 4468 | can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching |
| 4469 | is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as |
| 4470 | "hdr" for more information on header matching. |
| 4471 | |
| 4472 | hdr_val <integer> |
| 4473 | hdr_val(header) <integer> |
| 4474 | Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the |
| 4475 | values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to |
| 4476 | acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header |
| 4477 | matching. |
| 4478 | |
| 4479 | hdr_cnt <integer> |
| 4480 | hdr_cnt(header) <integer> |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4481 | Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches |
| 4482 | the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header |
| 4483 | line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to |
| 4484 | detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block |
| 4485 | request smugling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one |
| 4486 | of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4487 | |
| 4488 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4489 | 2.3.6) Pre-defined ACLs |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4490 | ----------------------- |
| 4491 | |
| 4492 | Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in |
| 4493 | every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4494 | order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that |
| 4495 | only the first three ones are not layer 7 based. |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4496 | |
| 4497 | ACL name Equivalent to Usage |
| 4498 | ---------------+-----------------------------+--------------------------------- |
Willy Tarreau | 58393e1 | 2008-07-20 10:39:22 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4499 | TRUE always_true always match |
| 4500 | FALSE always_false never match |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4501 | LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host |
| 4502 | HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0 |
| 4503 | HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1 |
| 4504 | METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method |
| 4505 | METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method |
| 4506 | METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method |
| 4507 | METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method |
| 4508 | METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method |
| 4509 | METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method |
| 4510 | HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme |
| 4511 | HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL begining with "/" |
| 4512 | HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*" |
| 4513 | HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length |
Willy Tarreau | c631770 | 2008-07-20 09:29:50 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4514 | REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer |
Willy Tarreau | b6fb420 | 2008-07-20 11:18:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4515 | WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4516 | ---------------+-----------------------------+--------------------------------- |
| 4517 | |
| 4518 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4519 | 2.3.7) Using ACLs to form conditions |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4520 | ------------------------------------ |
| 4521 | |
| 4522 | Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a |
| 4523 | combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported : |
| 4524 | |
| 4525 | - AND (implicit) |
| 4526 | - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator) |
| 4527 | - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!") |
| 4528 | |
| 4529 | A condition is formed as a disjonctive form : |
| 4530 | |
| 4531 | [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ... |
| 4532 | |
| 4533 | Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement, |
| 4534 | indicating when the condition will trigger the action. |
| 4535 | |
| 4536 | For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4537 | "OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD |
| 4538 | requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which |
| 4539 | is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS ! |
Willy Tarreau | 6a06a40 | 2007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200 | [diff] [blame] | 4540 | |
| 4541 | acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0 |
| 4542 | block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl |
| 4543 | block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT |
| 4544 | block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS |
| 4545 | |
| 4546 | To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site |
| 4547 | and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts : |
| 4548 | |
| 4549 | acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css |
| 4550 | acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js |
| 4551 | acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www |
| 4552 | acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp. |
| 4553 | |
| 4554 | # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls |
| 4555 | # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest. |
| 4556 | use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static |
| 4557 | use_backend www if host_www |
| 4558 | |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4559 | See section 2.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords. |
Willy Tarreau | dbc36f6 | 2007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4560 | |
| 4561 | |
Willy Tarreau | c7246fc | 2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4562 | 2.4) Server options |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4563 | ------------------- |
| 4564 | |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4565 | The "server" keyword supports a certain number of settings which are all passed |
| 4566 | as arguments on the server line. The order in which those arguments appear does |
| 4567 | not count, and they are all optional. Some of those settings are single words |
| 4568 | (booleans) while others expect one or several values after them. In this case, |
| 4569 | the values must immediately follow the setting name. All those settings must be |
| 4570 | specified after the server's address if they are used : |
| 4571 | |
| 4572 | server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...] |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 | The currently supported settings are the following ones. |
| 4575 | |
| 4576 | addr <ipv4> |
| 4577 | Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address |
| 4578 | to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP |
| 4579 | address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more |
| 4580 | suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if |
| 4581 | the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter. |
| 4582 | |
| 4583 | backup |
| 4584 | When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load |
| 4585 | balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming |
| 4586 | with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served |
| 4587 | though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless |
Willy Tarreau | af85d94 | 2008-01-30 10:47:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4588 | the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups" |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4589 | option. |
| 4590 | |
| 4591 | check |
| 4592 | This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is |
| 4593 | always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive |
| 4594 | periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests. |
| 4595 | The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server, |
| 4596 | and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is |
| 4597 | possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the |
| 4598 | "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the |
| 4599 | interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The |
| 4600 | request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk", |
| 4601 | and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for |
| 4602 | more information. |
| 4603 | |
| 4604 | cookie <value> |
| 4605 | The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to |
| 4606 | <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first |
| 4607 | operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in |
| 4608 | cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie |
| 4609 | sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing |
| 4610 | the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and |
| 4611 | backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section. |
| 4612 | |
| 4613 | fall <count> |
| 4614 | The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after |
| 4615 | <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if |
| 4616 | unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters. |
| 4617 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4618 | id <value> |
| 4619 | Set a persistent value for server ID. Must be unique and larger than 1000, as |
| 4620 | smaller values are reserved for auto-assigned ids. |
| 4621 | |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4622 | inter <delay> |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4623 | fastinter <delay> |
| 4624 | downinter <delay> |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4625 | The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks |
| 4626 | to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 5259dfe | 2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4627 | It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays |
Willy Tarreau | 41a340d | 2008-01-22 12:25:31 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4628 | between checks depending on the server state : |
| 4629 | |
| 4630 | Server state | Interval used |
| 4631 | ---------------------------------+----------------------------------------- |
| 4632 | UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter" |
| 4633 | ---------------------------------+----------------------------------------- |
| 4634 | Transitionally UP (going down), | |
| 4635 | Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise. |
| 4636 | or yet unchecked. | |
| 4637 | ---------------------------------+----------------------------------------- |
| 4638 | DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise. |
| 4639 | ---------------------------------+----------------------------------------- |
| 4640 | |
| 4641 | Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any |
| 4642 | other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also |
| 4643 | serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is |
| 4644 | not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are |
| 4645 | hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started |
| 4646 | with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random |
| 4647 | noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks" |
| 4648 | keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same |
| 4649 | servers. |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4650 | |
| 4651 | maxconn <maxconn> |
| 4652 | The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent |
| 4653 | connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming |
| 4654 | concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting |
| 4655 | for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can |
| 4656 | save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn" |
| 4657 | parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0" |
| 4658 | which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and |
| 4659 | the backend's "fullconn" keyword. |
| 4660 | |
| 4661 | maxqueue <maxqueue> |
| 4662 | The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which |
| 4663 | will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next |
| 4664 | requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely |
| 4665 | waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to |
| 4666 | quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The |
| 4667 | default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the |
| 4668 | "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters. |
| 4669 | |
| 4670 | minconn <minconn> |
| 4671 | When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic |
| 4672 | limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least |
| 4673 | <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on |
| 4674 | the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn> |
| 4675 | concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the |
| 4676 | server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without |
| 4677 | overloading the server during exceptionnal loads. See also the "maxconn" |
| 4678 | and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword. |
| 4679 | |
| 4680 | port <port> |
| 4681 | Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to |
| 4682 | send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port |
| 4683 | to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable |
| 4684 | to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in |
| 4685 | inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not |
| 4686 | set. See also the "addr" parameter. |
| 4687 | |
Willy Tarreau | 21d2af3 | 2008-02-14 20:25:24 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4688 | redir <prefix> |
| 4689 | The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD |
| 4690 | requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy |
| 4691 | forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with |
| 4692 | the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the |
| 4693 | requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means |
| 4694 | that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests |
| 4695 | will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by |
| 4696 | the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header |
| 4697 | mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the respose. However, cookies in |
| 4698 | requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct |
| 4699 | users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in |
| 4700 | increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly |
| 4701 | connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a |
| 4702 | loop between the client and HAProxy! |
| 4703 | |
| 4704 | Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check |
| 4705 | |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4706 | rise <count> |
| 4707 | The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational |
| 4708 | after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2 |
| 4709 | if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters. |
| 4710 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4711 | slowstart <start_time_in_ms> |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4712 | The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4713 | indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at |
Willy Tarreau | befdff1 | 2007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4714 | full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered |
| 4715 | in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows |
| 4716 | linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two |
| 4717 | parameters : |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4718 | |
| 4719 | - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1 |
| 4720 | to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn). |
| 4721 | |
| 4722 | - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight |
| 4723 | grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4724 | health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter |
| 4725 | is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps. |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4726 | |
| 4727 | The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause |
| 4728 | trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously |
| 4729 | seen as failed. |
| 4730 | |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4731 | source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ] |
Willy Tarreau | c76721d | 2009-02-04 20:20:58 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4732 | source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>] ... |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4733 | The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when |
| 4734 | connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle |
| 4735 | as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server |
| 4736 | referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details. |
| 4737 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | c8b16fc | 2008-02-18 01:26:35 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4738 | track [<proxy>/]<server> |
| 4739 | This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by |
| 4740 | tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked |
| 4741 | so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another |
| 4742 | one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is |
| 4743 | used, it has to be enabled on both proxies. |
| 4744 | |
Willy Tarreau | 198a744 | 2008-01-17 12:05:32 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4745 | weight <weight> |
| 4746 | The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to |
| 4747 | other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight |
| 4748 | relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the |
| 4749 | load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 255. If this |
| 4750 | parameter is used to distribute the load according to server's capacity, it |
| 4751 | is recommended to start with values which can both grow and shrink, for |
| 4752 | instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough room above and below for later |
| 4753 | adjustments. |
| 4754 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4755 | |
| 4756 | 2.5) HTTP header manipulation |
| 4757 | ----------------------------- |
| 4758 | |
| 4759 | In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and |
| 4760 | response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a |
| 4761 | request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression, |
| 4762 | which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect |
| 4763 | against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation |
| 4764 | to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers |
| 4765 | passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent |
| 4766 | headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy |
| 4767 | never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers. |
| 4768 | |
| 4769 | This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail |
| 4770 | in section 2.2.1 : |
| 4771 | |
| 4772 | - reqadd <string> |
| 4773 | - reqallow <search> |
| 4774 | - reqiallow <search> |
| 4775 | - reqdel <search> |
| 4776 | - reqidel <search> |
| 4777 | - reqdeny <search> |
| 4778 | - reqideny <search> |
| 4779 | - reqpass <search> |
| 4780 | - reqipass <search> |
| 4781 | - reqrep <search> <replace> |
| 4782 | - reqirep <search> <replace> |
| 4783 | - reqtarpit <search> |
| 4784 | - reqitarpit <search> |
| 4785 | - rspadd <string> |
| 4786 | - rspdel <search> |
| 4787 | - rspidel <search> |
| 4788 | - rspdeny <search> |
| 4789 | - rspideny <search> |
| 4790 | - rsprep <search> <replace> |
| 4791 | - rspirep <search> <replace> |
| 4792 | |
| 4793 | With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter |
| 4794 | is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through |
| 4795 | parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be |
| 4796 | prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter. |
| 4797 | Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning : |
| 4798 | |
| 4799 | \t for a tab |
| 4800 | \r for a carriage return (CR) |
| 4801 | \n for a new line (LF) |
| 4802 | \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter |
| 4803 | \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment |
| 4804 | \\ to use a backslash in a regex |
| 4805 | \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy) |
| 4806 | \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language |
| 4807 | |
| 4808 | The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest |
| 4809 | portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters |
| 4810 | above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the |
| 4811 | regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to |
Willy Tarreau | d2a4aa2 | 2008-01-31 15:28:22 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4812 | 9 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4813 | is very common to users of the "sed" program. |
| 4814 | |
| 4815 | The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added |
| 4816 | after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above. |
| 4817 | |
| 4818 | Notes related to these keywords : |
| 4819 | --------------------------------- |
| 4820 | - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header |
| 4821 | contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword |
| 4822 | instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules. |
| 4823 | |
| 4824 | - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference |
| 4825 | a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way |
| 4826 | headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon). |
| 4827 | |
| 4828 | - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to |
| 4829 | rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes |
| 4830 | it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix |
| 4831 | ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix |
| 4832 | ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon. |
| 4833 | |
| 4834 | - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to |
| 4835 | a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This |
| 4836 | should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short |
| 4837 | on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some |
| 4838 | useless headers before adding new ones. |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 | - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their couterpart |
| 4841 | without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns. |
| 4842 | |
| 4843 | - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules |
| 4844 | from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend |
| 4845 | will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses. |
| 4846 | |
| 4847 | - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is |
| 4848 | always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting |
| 4849 | before switching. |
| 4850 | |
Willy Tarreau | 5764b38 | 2007-11-30 17:46:49 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4851 | |
Willy Tarreau | ced2701 | 2008-01-17 20:35:34 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4852 | 2.6) Logging |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4853 | ------------ |
| 4854 | |
Willy Tarreau | cc6c891 | 2009-02-22 10:53:55 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 4855 | One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably |
| 4856 | provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is |
| 4857 | very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information |
| 4858 | provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session |
| 4859 | state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions |
| 4860 | to direct trafic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary |
| 4861 | headers. |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency |
| 4864 | about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to |
| 4865 | send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters : |
| 4866 | |
| 4867 | - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..) |
| 4868 | - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...) |
| 4869 | - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections) |
| 4870 | - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or |
| 4871 | at the termination. |
| 4872 | |
| 4873 | The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers |
| 4874 | allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon |
| 4875 | as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors, |
| 4876 | while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in |
| 4877 | real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour |
| 4878 | delay. |
| 4879 | |
| 4880 | |
| 4881 | 2.6.1) Log levels |
| 4882 | ----------------- |
| 4883 | |
| 4884 | TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time, |
| 4885 | source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times, |
| 4886 | HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions |
| 4887 | in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a |
| 4888 | particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two |
| 4889 | syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 2.2 for more info about log |
| 4890 | facilities. |
| 4891 | |
| 4892 | |
| 4893 | 2.6.2) Log formats |
| 4894 | ------------------ |
| 4895 | |
| 4896 | HAProxy supports 3 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats |
| 4897 | and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with |
| 4898 | the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported |
| 4899 | formats are the following ones : |
| 4900 | |
| 4901 | - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only |
| 4902 | provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment |
| 4903 | it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name. |
| 4904 | This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great |
| 4905 | extents. |
| 4906 | |
| 4907 | - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option |
| 4908 | tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the |
| 4909 | connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer |
| 4910 | information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This |
| 4911 | format is recommended for pure TCP proxies. |
| 4912 | |
| 4913 | - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format |
| 4914 | is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the |
| 4915 | same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as |
| 4916 | the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This |
| 4917 | format is recommended for HTTP proxies. |
| 4918 | |
| 4919 | Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format |
| 4920 | specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a |
| 4921 | field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog |
| 4922 | servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is |
| 4923 | always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and |
| 4924 | identifier. |
| 4925 | |
| 4926 | Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below |
| 4927 | might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be |
| 4928 | prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is |
| 4929 | broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a |
| 4930 | backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters. |
| 4931 | |
| 4932 | |
| 4933 | 2.6.2.1) Default log format |
| 4934 | --------------------------- |
| 4935 | |
| 4936 | This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon |
| 4937 | as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only |
| 4938 | format which logs the request's destination IP and ports. |
| 4939 | |
| 4940 | Example : |
| 4941 | listen www |
| 4942 | mode http |
| 4943 | log global |
| 4944 | server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000 |
| 4945 | |
| 4946 | >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \ |
| 4947 | haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \ |
| 4948 | (www/HTTP) |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 | Field Format Extract from the example above |
| 4951 | 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]: |
| 4952 | 2 'Connect from' Connect from |
| 4953 | 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312 |
| 4954 | 4 'to' to |
| 4955 | 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012 |
| 4956 | 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP) |
| 4957 | |
| 4958 | Detailed fields description : |
| 4959 | - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection. |
| 4960 | - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection. |
| 4961 | - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to. |
| 4962 | - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to. |
| 4963 | - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received |
| 4964 | and processed the connection. |
| 4965 | - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP). |
| 4966 | |
| 4967 | It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it |
| 4968 | will eventually disappear. |
| 4969 | |
| 4970 | |
| 4971 | 2.6.2.2) TCP log format |
| 4972 | ----------------------- |
| 4973 | |
| 4974 | The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and |
| 4975 | is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious |
| 4976 | information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte |
| 4977 | counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be |
| 4978 | emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most |
| 4979 | environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match |
| 4980 | the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for |
| 4981 | sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by |
| 4982 | specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. A few fields may slightly vary |
| 4983 | depending on some configuration options, those are marked with a star ('*') |
| 4984 | after the field name below. |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 | Example : |
| 4987 | frontend fnt |
| 4988 | mode tcp |
| 4989 | option tcplog |
| 4990 | log global |
| 4991 | default_backend bck |
| 4992 | |
| 4993 | backend bck |
| 4994 | server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000 |
| 4995 | |
| 4996 | >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \ |
| 4997 | haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \ |
| 4998 | bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0 |
| 4999 | |
| 5000 | Field Format Extract from the example above |
| 5001 | 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]: |
| 5002 | 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313 |
| 5003 | 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] |
| 5004 | 4 frontend_name fnt |
| 5005 | 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1 |
| 5006 | 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007 |
| 5007 | 7 bytes_read* 212 |
| 5008 | 8 termination_state -- |
| 5009 | 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3 |
| 5010 | 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0 |
| 5011 | |
| 5012 | Detailed fields description : |
| 5013 | - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP |
| 5014 | connection to haproxy. |
| 5015 | |
| 5016 | - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection. |
| 5017 | |
| 5018 | - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy |
| 5019 | (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the |
| 5020 | network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually |
| 5021 | the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. |
| 5022 | |
| 5023 | - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received |
| 5024 | and processed the connection. |
| 5025 | |
| 5026 | - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected |
| 5027 | to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the |
| 5028 | frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP |
| 5029 | applications. |
| 5030 | |
| 5031 | - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was |
| 5032 | sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors |
| 5033 | and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend |
| 5034 | which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching |
| 5035 | a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. |
| 5036 | |
| 5037 | - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues. |
| 5038 | It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue. |
| 5039 | See "Timers" below for more details. |
| 5040 | |
| 5041 | - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to |
| 5042 | establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the |
| 5043 | connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See |
| 5044 | "Timers" below for more details. |
| 5045 | |
| 5046 | - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the |
| 5047 | last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if |
| 5048 | "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment |
| 5049 | the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value, |
| 5050 | indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more |
| 5051 | details. |
| 5052 | |
| 5053 | - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to |
| 5054 | the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the |
| 5055 | this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one |
| 5056 | may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log |
| 5057 | analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing. |
| 5058 | |
| 5059 | - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session |
| 5060 | ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of |
| 5061 | session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal |
| 5062 | flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with |
| 5063 | no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection" |
| 5064 | for more details. |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 | - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when |
| 5067 | the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system |
| 5068 | limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when |
| 5069 | multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits |
| 5070 | the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them |
| 5071 | are used. See section 1 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system. |
| 5072 | |
| 5073 | - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when |
| 5074 | the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource |
| 5075 | required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn" |
| 5076 | has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is |
| 5077 | because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be |
| 5078 | caused by a denial of service attack. |
| 5079 | |
| 5080 | - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the |
| 5081 | backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of |
| 5082 | concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of |
| 5083 | connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of |
| 5084 | additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application. |
| 5085 | Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is |
| 5086 | congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a |
| 5087 | denial of service attack. |
| 5088 | |
| 5089 | - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on |
| 5090 | the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's |
| 5091 | configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal |
| 5092 | to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a |
| 5093 | lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that |
| 5094 | there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response |
| 5095 | time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means |
| 5096 | that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to |
| 5097 | be processed than on other servers. |
| 5098 | |
| 5099 | - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session |
| 5100 | when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a |
| 5101 | server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted. |
| 5102 | Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between |
| 5103 | haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server |
| 5104 | preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be |
| 5105 | prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a |
| 5106 | redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial |
| 5107 | server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the |
| 5108 | connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may |
| 5109 | sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule |
| 5110 | of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count |
| 5111 | should not be attributed to the logged server. |
| 5112 | |
| 5113 | - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before |
| 5114 | this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone |
| 5115 | through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate |
| 5116 | server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of |
| 5117 | requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a |
| 5118 | redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be |
| 5119 | cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the |
| 5120 | backend queue unless a redispatch occurs. |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 | - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before |
| 5123 | this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not |
| 5124 | gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average |
| 5125 | queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when |
| 5126 | divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a |
| 5127 | session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue, |
| 5128 | and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass |
| 5129 | through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch |
| 5130 | occurs. |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 | |
| 5133 | 2.6.2.3) HTTP log format |
| 5134 | ------------------------ |
| 5135 | |
| 5136 | The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It |
| 5137 | is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides |
| 5138 | the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which |
| 5139 | are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually |
| 5140 | emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which |
| 5141 | generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the |
| 5142 | "monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for |
| 5143 | which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the |
| 5144 | frontend. |
| 5145 | |
| 5146 | Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may |
| 5147 | slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked |
| 5148 | with a star ('*') after the field name below. |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | Example : |
| 5151 | frontend http-in |
| 5152 | mode http |
| 5153 | option httplog |
| 5154 | log global |
| 5155 | default_backend bck |
| 5156 | |
| 5157 | backend static |
| 5158 | server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000 |
| 5159 | |
| 5160 | >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \ |
| 5161 | haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \ |
| 5162 | static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \ |
| 5163 | {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1" |
| 5164 | |
| 5165 | Field Format Extract from the example above |
| 5166 | 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]: |
| 5167 | 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317 |
| 5168 | 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] |
| 5169 | 4 frontend_name http-in |
| 5170 | 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1 |
| 5171 | 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109 |
| 5172 | 7 status_code 200 |
| 5173 | 8 bytes_read* 2750 |
| 5174 | 9 captured_request_cookie - |
| 5175 | 10 captured_response_cookie - |
| 5176 | 11 termination_state ---- |
| 5177 | 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0 |
| 5178 | 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0 |
| 5179 | 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu} |
| 5180 | 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {} |
| 5181 | 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1" |
| 5182 | |
| 5183 | |
| 5184 | Detailed fields description : |
| 5185 | - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP |
| 5186 | connection to haproxy. |
| 5187 | |
| 5188 | - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection. |
| 5189 | |
| 5190 | - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by |
| 5191 | haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on |
| 5192 | the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is |
| 5193 | usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This |
| 5194 | does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not. |
| 5195 | |
| 5196 | - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received |
| 5197 | and processed the connection. |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 | - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected |
| 5200 | to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the |
| 5201 | frontend if no switching rule has been applied. |
| 5202 | |
| 5203 | - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was |
| 5204 | sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors |
| 5205 | and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend |
| 5206 | which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a |
| 5207 | server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was |
| 5208 | intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead. |
| 5209 | |
| 5210 | - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send |
| 5211 | a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection |
| 5212 | was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always |
| 5213 | be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large |
| 5214 | times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and |
| 5215 | haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details. |
| 5216 | |
| 5217 | - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues. |
| 5218 | It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue. |
| 5219 | See "Timers" below for more details. |
| 5220 | |
| 5221 | - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to |
| 5222 | establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the |
| 5223 | request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers" |
| 5224 | below for more details. |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 | - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send |
| 5227 | a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was |
| 5228 | aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches |
| 5229 | the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by |
| 5230 | the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on |
| 5231 | "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below |
| 5232 | for more details. |
| 5233 | |
| 5234 | - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the |
| 5235 | last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if |
| 5236 | "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment |
| 5237 | the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value, |
| 5238 | indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more |
| 5239 | details. |
| 5240 | |
| 5241 | - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status |
| 5242 | is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when |
| 5243 | the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy. |
| 5244 | |
| 5245 | - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when |
| 5246 | the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is |
| 5247 | specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that |
| 5248 | the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit |
| 5249 | counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without |
| 5250 | overflowing. |
| 5251 | |
| 5252 | - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that |
| 5253 | the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum |
| 5254 | length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend |
| 5255 | configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not |
| 5256 | set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session |
| 5257 | ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing |
| 5258 | between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult |
| 5259 | the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below. |
| 5260 | |
| 5261 | - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating |
| 5262 | that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name |
| 5263 | and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the |
| 5264 | frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is |
| 5265 | not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track |
| 5266 | session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session |
| 5267 | crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please |
| 5268 | consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below. |
| 5269 | |
| 5270 | - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session |
| 5271 | ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of |
| 5272 | session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP |
| 5273 | logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last |
| 5274 | two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the |
| 5275 | session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See |
| 5276 | below "Session state at disconnection" for more details. |
| 5277 | |
| 5278 | - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when |
| 5279 | the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system |
| 5280 | limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024 |
| 5281 | when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system |
| 5282 | limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all |
| 5283 | of them are used. See section 1 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the |
| 5284 | system. |
| 5285 | |
| 5286 | - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when |
| 5287 | the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource |
| 5288 | required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn" |
| 5289 | has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is |
| 5290 | because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be |
| 5291 | caused by a denial of service attack. |
| 5292 | |
| 5293 | - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the |
| 5294 | backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of |
| 5295 | concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of |
| 5296 | connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of |
| 5297 | additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application. |
| 5298 | Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is |
| 5299 | congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a |
| 5300 | denial of service attack. |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on |
| 5303 | the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's |
| 5304 | configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal |
| 5305 | to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a |
| 5306 | lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that |
| 5307 | there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response |
| 5308 | time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means |
| 5309 | that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be |
| 5310 | processed than on other servers. |
| 5311 | |
| 5312 | - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session |
| 5313 | when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a |
| 5314 | server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted. |
| 5315 | Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between |
| 5316 | haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server |
| 5317 | preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be |
| 5318 | prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a |
| 5319 | redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial |
| 5320 | server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the |
| 5321 | connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may |
| 5322 | sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule |
| 5323 | of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count |
| 5324 | should not be attributed to the logged server. |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 | - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before |
| 5327 | this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone |
| 5328 | through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate |
| 5329 | server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of |
| 5330 | requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a |
| 5331 | redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be |
| 5332 | cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the |
| 5333 | backend queue unless a redispatch occurs. |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 | - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before |
| 5336 | this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not |
| 5337 | gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average |
| 5338 | queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when |
| 5339 | divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a |
| 5340 | session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue, |
| 5341 | and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass |
| 5342 | through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch |
| 5343 | occurs. |
| 5344 | |
| 5345 | - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due |
| 5346 | to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend. |
| 5347 | Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar |
| 5348 | ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a |
| 5349 | shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may |
| 5350 | contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when |
| 5351 | it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and |
| 5352 | cookies" below for more details. |
| 5353 | |
| 5354 | - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response |
| 5355 | due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the |
| 5356 | frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a |
| 5357 | vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, |
| 5358 | causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this |
| 5359 | field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser |
| 5360 | than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers |
| 5361 | and cookies" below for more details. |
| 5362 | |
| 5363 | - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method, |
| 5364 | request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see |
| 5365 | below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last |
| 5366 | field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can |
| 5367 | contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be |
| 5368 | added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is |
| 5369 | huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This |
| 5370 | is the reason why this field must always remain the last one. |
| 5371 | |
| 5372 | |
| 5373 | 2.6.3) Advanced logging options |
| 5374 | ------------------------------- |
| 5375 | |
| 5376 | Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out |
| 5377 | just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few |
| 5378 | options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference |
| 5379 | for more information about their usage. |
| 5380 | |
| 5381 | |
| 5382 | 2.6.3.1) Disabling logging of external tests |
| 5383 | -------------------------------------------- |
| 5384 | |
| 5385 | It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on |
| 5386 | haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any |
| 5387 | commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete |
| 5388 | monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often |
| 5389 | ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities : |
| 5390 | |
| 5391 | - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often |
| 5392 | desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by |
| 5393 | setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of |
| 5394 | port scans, which may or may not be desired. |
| 5395 | |
| 5396 | - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to |
| 5397 | declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then |
| 5398 | only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be |
| 5399 | logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments |
| 5400 | such as other load-balancers. |
| 5401 | |
| 5402 | - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare |
| 5403 | this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will |
| 5404 | only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged. |
| 5405 | |
| 5406 | |
| 5407 | 2.6.3.2) Logging before waiting for the session to terminate |
| 5408 | ------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 | The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about |
| 5411 | what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions |
| 5412 | or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying |
| 5413 | "option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible, |
| 5414 | just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still |
| 5415 | log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just |
| 5416 | after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported |
| 5417 | is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion |
| 5418 | with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed |
| 5419 | with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger. |
| 5420 | |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 | 2.6.4) Timing events |
| 5423 | -------------------- |
| 5424 | |
| 5425 | Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are |
| 5426 | reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with |
| 5427 | the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the |
| 5428 | frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP |
| 5429 | mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" : |
| 5430 | |
| 5431 | - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time |
| 5432 | elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the |
| 5433 | moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates |
| 5434 | that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when |
| 5435 | the client closes prematurely or times out. |
| 5436 | |
| 5437 | - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It |
| 5438 | accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the |
| 5439 | queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous |
| 5440 | requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching |
| 5441 | the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests. |
| 5442 | |
| 5443 | - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time |
| 5444 | elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the |
| 5445 | moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and |
| 5446 | the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the |
| 5447 | connection never established. |
| 5448 | |
| 5449 | - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between |
| 5450 | the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment |
| 5451 | the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request |
| 5452 | processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission. |
| 5453 | It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for |
| 5454 | instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort |
| 5455 | apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust |
| 5456 | too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an |
| 5457 | untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response |
| 5458 | header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout |
| 5459 | stroke before the server managed to process the request. |
| 5460 | |
| 5461 | - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it |
| 5462 | and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap" |
| 5463 | option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is |
| 5464 | prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data |
| 5465 | transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid : |
| 5466 | |
| 5467 | Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr) |
| 5468 | |
| 5469 | Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP |
| 5470 | mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be |
| 5471 | negative. |
| 5472 | |
| 5473 | These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP |
| 5474 | protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure |
| 5475 | that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets |
| 5476 | due to network problems (wires, negociation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is |
| 5477 | close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a |
| 5478 | session has been aborted on timeout. |
| 5479 | |
| 5480 | Most common cases : |
| 5481 | |
| 5482 | - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the |
| 5483 | client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen |
| 5484 | when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may |
| 5485 | happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause. |
| 5486 | Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended, |
| 5487 | haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time |
| 5488 | spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing |
| 5489 | of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of |
| 5490 | a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new |
| 5491 | connections have been accepted at once. |
| 5492 | |
| 5493 | - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the |
| 5494 | server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should |
| 5495 | always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens |
| 5496 | of ms on remote networks. |
| 5497 | |
| 5498 | - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem to |
| 5499 | be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost between |
| 5500 | the proxy and the server. |
| 5501 | |
| 5502 | - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because |
| 5503 | neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for |
| 5504 | instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order |
| 5505 | to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on |
| 5506 | either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that |
| 5507 | the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to |
| 5508 | close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the |
| 5509 | smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with |
| 5510 | the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent |
| 5511 | to the server until another one is released. |
| 5512 | |
| 5513 | Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) : |
| 5514 | |
| 5515 | Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log |
| 5516 | was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid |
| 5517 | except "Tt" which is shorter than reality. |
| 5518 | |
| 5519 | -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time |
| 5520 | or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags |
| 5521 | then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings. |
| 5522 | |
| 5523 | Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because |
| 5524 | servers were out of order, because the request was invalid |
| 5525 | or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination |
| 5526 | flags. |
| 5527 | |
| 5528 | Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it |
| 5529 | actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms. |
| 5530 | Check the session termination flags, then check the |
| 5531 | "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might |
| 5532 | return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time |
| 5533 | the client connection was maintained open. |
| 5534 | |
| 5535 | Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return |
| 5536 | a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion |
| 5537 | unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session |
| 5538 | termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting. |
| 5539 | |
| 5540 | |
| 5541 | 2.6.5) Session state at disconnection |
| 5542 | ------------------------------------- |
| 5543 | |
| 5544 | TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the |
| 5545 | "termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is |
| 5546 | 2-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode, |
| 5547 | each of which has a special meaning : |
| 5548 | |
| 5549 | - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the |
| 5550 | session to terminate : |
| 5551 | |
| 5552 | C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client. |
| 5553 | |
| 5554 | S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the |
| 5555 | server explicitly refused it. |
| 5556 | |
| 5557 | P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a |
| 5558 | connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched, |
| 5559 | because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous |
| 5560 | error in server response which might have caused information leak |
| 5561 | (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by |
| 5562 | the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...). |
| 5563 | |
| 5564 | R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source |
| 5565 | ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and |
| 5566 | system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this |
| 5567 | happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which |
| 5568 | should be fixed as soon as possible by any means. |
| 5569 | |
| 5570 | I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check. |
| 5571 | This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log |
| 5572 | containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It |
| 5573 | would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an |
| 5574 | event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption. |
| 5575 | |
| 5576 | c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to |
| 5577 | send or receive data. |
| 5578 | |
| 5579 | s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to |
| 5580 | send or receive data. |
| 5581 | |
| 5582 | - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed |
| 5583 | with nothing left in the buffers. |
| 5584 | |
| 5585 | - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed : |
| 5586 | |
| 5587 | R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client |
| 5588 | (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server. |
| 5589 | |
| 5590 | Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can |
| 5591 | only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can |
| 5592 | also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to |
| 5593 | a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is |
| 5594 | reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server. |
| 5595 | |
| 5596 | C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the |
| 5597 | server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt. |
| 5598 | |
| 5599 | H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the |
| 5600 | server (HTTP only). |
| 5601 | |
| 5602 | D : the session was in the DATA phase. |
| 5603 | |
| 5604 | L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the |
| 5605 | server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only |
| 5606 | happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets. |
| 5607 | |
| 5608 | T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client |
| 5609 | during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client |
| 5610 | closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer. |
| 5611 | |
| 5612 | - : normal session completion after end of data transfer. |
| 5613 | |
| 5614 | - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by |
| 5615 | the client (only in HTTP mode) : |
| 5616 | |
| 5617 | N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new |
| 5618 | visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the |
| 5619 | logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation. |
| 5620 | |
| 5621 | I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server. |
| 5622 | This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed |
| 5623 | cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack. |
| 5624 | |
| 5625 | D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN, |
| 5626 | so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to |
| 5627 | this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to |
| 5628 | another server. |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 | V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated |
| 5631 | server. |
| 5632 | |
| 5633 | - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration). |
| 5634 | |
| 5635 | - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence |
| 5636 | cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) : |
| 5637 | |
| 5638 | N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either. |
| 5639 | |
| 5640 | I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one. |
| 5641 | Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie, |
| 5642 | it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here. |
| 5643 | |
| 5644 | P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is. |
| 5645 | |
| 5646 | R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which |
| 5647 | happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes. |
| 5648 | |
| 5649 | D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy. |
| 5650 | |
| 5651 | - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration). |
| 5652 | |
| 5653 | The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was |
| 5654 | happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be |
| 5655 | helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource |
| 5656 | starvation, attacks, etc... |
| 5657 | |
| 5658 | The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are |
| 5659 | alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for |
| 5660 | easier finding and understanding. |
| 5661 | |
| 5662 | Flags Reason |
| 5663 | |
| 5664 | -- Normal termination. |
| 5665 | |
| 5666 | CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the |
| 5667 | server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently |
| 5668 | dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is |
| 5669 | waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire. |
| 5670 | |
| 5671 | CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be |
| 5672 | caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the |
| 5673 | client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection, |
| 5674 | by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a |
| 5675 | keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first |
| 5676 | by the client. |
| 5677 | |
| 5678 | cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the |
| 5679 | "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on |
| 5680 | the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly. |
| 5681 | |
| 5682 | CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding. |
| 5683 | It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client |
| 5684 | clicking the 'Stop' button too fast. |
| 5685 | |
| 5686 | cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a |
| 5687 | POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values |
| 5688 | for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can |
| 5689 | also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and |
| 5690 | the server takes too long to respond. |
| 5691 | |
| 5692 | CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server |
| 5693 | with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the |
| 5694 | servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too |
| 5695 | long a time to respond. |
| 5696 | |
| 5697 | CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely |
| 5698 | the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted |
| 5699 | too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this |
| 5700 | might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy |
| 5701 | and the client. |
| 5702 | |
| 5703 | cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP |
| 5704 | request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the |
| 5705 | client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized |
| 5706 | packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast |
| 5707 | enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the |
| 5708 | request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here. |
| 5709 | |
| 5710 | CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to |
| 5711 | check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no |
| 5712 | wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it might |
| 5713 | make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something closer to |
| 5714 | the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume resources for |
| 5715 | just a few attackers. |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 | SC The server or an equipement between it and haproxy explicitly refused |
| 5718 | the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message |
| 5719 | in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network |
| 5720 | stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route, |
| 5721 | or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode, |
| 5722 | the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here. |
| 5723 | |
| 5724 | sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could |
| 5725 | complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a |
| 5726 | 503 or 504 here. |
| 5727 | |
| 5728 | SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data |
| 5729 | transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from |
| 5730 | the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while |
| 5731 | exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash |
| 5732 | or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment. |
| 5733 | |
| 5734 | sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the |
| 5735 | "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused |
| 5736 | by too short timeouts on L4 equipements before the server (firewalls, |
| 5737 | load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained |
| 5738 | between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy. |
| 5739 | |
| 5740 | SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or |
| 5741 | it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at |
| 5742 | this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to |
| 5743 | control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a |
| 5744 | small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application. |
| 5745 | Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection |
| 5746 | between haproxy and the server. |
| 5747 | |
| 5748 | sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its |
| 5749 | response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too |
| 5750 | long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation. |
| 5751 | The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server" |
| 5752 | setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience |
| 5753 | will suffer from these long response times. The only long term |
| 5754 | solution is to fix the application. |
| 5755 | |
| 5756 | sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See |
| 5757 | the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to |
| 5758 | fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in |
| 5759 | short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected |
| 5760 | servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by |
| 5761 | external attacks. |
| 5762 | |
| 5763 | PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the |
| 5764 | process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect. |
| 5765 | The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration |
| 5766 | so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and |
| 5767 | might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand. |
| 5768 | |
| 5769 | PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid, |
| 5770 | incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter. |
| 5771 | In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible |
| 5772 | cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name |
| 5773 | containing unauthorized characters. |
| 5774 | |
| 5775 | PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an |
| 5776 | invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to |
| 5777 | the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it |
| 5778 | returned an HTTP 403 error. |
| 5779 | |
| 5780 | PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its |
| 5781 | connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent |
| 5782 | to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as |
| 5783 | reported by the "Tw" timer field. |
| 5784 | |
| 5785 | RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports) |
| 5786 | preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error |
| 5787 | logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can |
| 5788 | only be solved by proper system tuning. |
| 5789 | |
| 5790 | |
| 5791 | 2.6.6) Non-printable characters |
| 5792 | ------------------------------- |
| 5793 | |
| 5794 | In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log |
| 5795 | consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are |
| 5796 | converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code, |
| 5797 | prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without |
| 5798 | being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the |
| 5799 | escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It |
| 5800 | is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and |
| 5801 | '}' when logging headers. |
| 5802 | |
| 5803 | Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause |
| 5804 | issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header |
| 5805 | containing spaces is "User-Agent". |
| 5806 | |
| 5807 | Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape |
| 5808 | the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be |
| 5809 | performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs. |
| 5810 | |
| 5811 | |
| 5812 | 2.6.7) Capturing HTTP cookies |
| 5813 | ----------------------------- |
| 5814 | |
| 5815 | Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be |
| 5816 | achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to |
| 5817 | section 2.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same |
| 5818 | cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in |
| 5819 | the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in |
| 5820 | the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie" |
| 5821 | locations (see section 2.6.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is |
| 5822 | not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a |
| 5823 | user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it |
| 5824 | a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a |
| 5825 | wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing. |
| 5826 | |
| 5827 | Examples : |
| 5828 | # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION" |
| 5829 | capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32 |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 | # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor" |
| 5832 | capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32 |
| 5833 | |
| 5834 | |
| 5835 | 2.6.8) Capturing HTTP headers |
| 5836 | ----------------------------- |
| 5837 | |
| 5838 | Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper |
| 5839 | proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In |
| 5840 | the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the |
| 5841 | server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection. |
| 5842 | |
| 5843 | Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture |
| 5844 | response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in |
| 5845 | section 2.2 for more details. |
| 5846 | |
| 5847 | It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same |
| 5848 | time. Non-existant headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header |
| 5849 | appears more than once, only its last occurence will be logged. Request headers |
| 5850 | are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared, |
| 5851 | and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers |
| 5852 | follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the |
| 5853 | request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request |
| 5854 | in the logs. |
| 5855 | |
| 5856 | Example : |
| 5857 | # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy |
| 5858 | listen proxy-out |
| 5859 | mode http |
| 5860 | option httplog |
| 5861 | option logasap |
| 5862 | log global |
| 5863 | server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128 |
| 5864 | |
| 5865 | # log the name of the virtual server |
| 5866 | capture request header Host len 20 |
| 5867 | |
| 5868 | # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST |
| 5869 | capture request header Content-Length len 10 |
| 5870 | |
| 5871 | # log the beginning of the referrer |
| 5872 | capture request header Referer len 20 |
| 5873 | |
| 5874 | # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only) |
| 5875 | capture response header Server len 20 |
| 5876 | |
| 5877 | # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap" |
| 5878 | capture response header Content-Length len 10 |
| 5879 | |
| 5880 | # log the expected cache behaviour on the response |
| 5881 | capture response header Cache-Control len 8 |
| 5882 | |
| 5883 | # the Via header will report the next proxy's name |
| 5884 | capture response header Via len 20 |
| 5885 | |
| 5886 | # log the URL location during a redirection |
| 5887 | capture response header Location len 20 |
| 5888 | |
| 5889 | >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \ |
| 5890 | haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \ |
| 5891 | proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \ |
| 5892 | {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \ |
| 5893 | "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/" |
| 5894 | |
| 5895 | >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \ |
| 5896 | haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \ |
| 5897 | proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \ |
| 5898 | {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \ |
| 5899 | "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1" |
| 5900 | |
| 5901 | >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \ |
| 5902 | haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \ |
| 5903 | proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \ |
| 5904 | {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \ |
| 5905 | {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \ |
| 5906 | "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1" |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 | |
| 5909 | 2.6.9) Examples of logs |
| 5910 | ----------------------- |
| 5911 | |
| 5912 | These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of |
| 5913 | them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better |
| 5914 | reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them. |
| 5915 | |
| 5916 | >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \ |
| 5917 | px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \ |
| 5918 | "HEAD / HTTP/1.0" |
| 5919 | |
| 5920 | => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied |
| 5921 | in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----') |
| 5922 | |
| 5923 | >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \ |
| 5924 | px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \ |
| 5925 | 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0" |
| 5926 | |
| 5927 | => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other |
| 5928 | requests, and waited there for 1230 ms. |
| 5929 | |
| 5930 | >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \ |
| 5931 | px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \ |
| 5932 | "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0" |
| 5933 | |
| 5934 | => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so |
| 5935 | the log was produced just before transfering data. The server replied in |
| 5936 | 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from |
| 5937 | accept to first data byte is 30 ms. |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 | >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \ |
| 5940 | px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \ |
| 5941 | "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0" |
| 5942 | |
| 5943 | => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or |
| 5944 | "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and |
| 5945 | not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which |
| 5946 | risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502 |
| 5947 | bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided |
| 5948 | to return the 502 and not the server. |
| 5949 | |
| 5950 | >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \ |
| 5951 | px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 "" |
| 5952 | |
| 5953 | => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after |
| 5954 | 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--"). |
| 5955 | Nothing was sent to any server. |
| 5956 | |
| 5957 | >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \ |
| 5958 | px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 "" |
| 5959 | |
| 5960 | => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the |
| 5961 | time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request |
| 5962 | headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could |
| 5963 | send a 408 return code to the client. |
| 5964 | |
| 5965 | >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \ |
| 5966 | px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 |
| 5967 | |
| 5968 | => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after |
| 5969 | 5 seconds ("c----"). |
| 5970 | |
| 5971 | >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \ |
| 5972 | px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \ |
| 5973 | 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0" |
| 5974 | |
| 5975 | => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the |
| 5976 | connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attemps of 2 seconds |
| 5977 | (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have |
| 5978 | seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115 |
| 5979 | connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on |
| 5980 | the global process. It is possible that the server refused the |
| 5981 | connection because of too many already established. |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5982 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5983 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5984 | 2.7) CSV format |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5985 | --------------- |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5986 | |
Willy Tarreau | 7f062c4 | 2009-03-05 18:43:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5987 | The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP |
| 5988 | page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow. |
| 5989 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 5990 | 0. pxname: proxy name |
| 5991 | 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name |
| 5992 | for server) |
| 5993 | 2. qcur: current queued requests |
| 5994 | 3. qmax: max queued requests |
| 5995 | 4. scur: current sessions |
| 5996 | 5. smax: max sessions |
| 5997 | 6. slim: sessions limit |
| 5998 | 7. stot: total sessions |
| 5999 | 8. bin: bytes in |
| 6000 | 9. bout: bytes out |
| 6001 | 10. dreq: denied requests |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6002 | 11. dresp: denied responses |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6003 | 12. ereq: request errors |
| 6004 | 13. econ: connection errors |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6005 | 14. eresp: response errors |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | f58a962 | 2008-02-23 01:19:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6006 | 15. wretr: retries (warning) |
| 6007 | 16. wredis: redispatches (warning) |
| 6008 | 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...) |
| 6009 | 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend) |
| 6010 | 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend) |
| 6011 | 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend) |
| 6012 | 21. chkfail: number of failed checks |
| 6013 | 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions |
| 6014 | 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds) |
| 6015 | 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds) |
| 6016 | 25. qlimit: queue limit |
| 6017 | 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...) |
| 6018 | 27. iid: unique proxy id |
| 6019 | 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy) |
| 6020 | 29. throttle: warm up status |
| 6021 | 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected |
| 6022 | 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled |
| 6023 | 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server) |
Willy Tarreau | 7f062c4 | 2009-03-05 18:43:00 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6024 | 33. rate (number of sessions per second over last elapsed second) |
Willy Tarreau | 844e3c5 | 2008-01-11 16:28:18 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6025 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6026 | |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6027 | 2.8) Unix Socket commands |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6028 | ------------------------- |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6029 | |
Willy Tarreau | 3dfe6cd | 2008-12-07 22:29:48 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6030 | The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them |
| 6031 | must be terminated by a line feed. It is important to understand that when |
| 6032 | multiple haproxy processes are started on the same sockets, any process may |
| 6033 | pick up the request and will output its own stats. |
| 6034 | |
| 6035 | show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>] |
| 6036 | Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is |
| 6037 | possible to dump only selected items : |
| 6038 | - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything |
| 6039 | - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for |
| 6040 | backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed, |
| 6041 | for example: |
| 6042 | 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend. |
| 6043 | 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server. |
| 6044 | - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy. |
| 6045 | |
| 6046 | show info |
| 6047 | Dump info about haproxy status on current process. |
| 6048 | |
| 6049 | show sess |
| 6050 | Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can |
| 6051 | be huge. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6052 | |
Willy Tarreau | e0c8a1a | 2009-03-04 16:33:10 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6053 | show errors [<iid>] |
| 6054 | Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and |
| 6055 | backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning |
| 6056 | either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>. |
| 6057 | |
| 6058 | The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors |
| 6059 | caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header |
| 6060 | names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the |
| 6061 | protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was |
| 6062 | detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the |
| 6063 | internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session |
| 6064 | are reported too. |
| 6065 | |
| 6066 | All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The |
| 6067 | most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one |
| 6068 | letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to |
| 6069 | avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where |
| 6070 | NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII |
| 6071 | code. |
| 6072 | |
| 6073 | Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0 |
| 6074 | for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line, |
| 6075 | and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that |
| 6076 | the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a |
| 6077 | line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset |
| 6078 | will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous |
| 6079 | line. |
| 6080 | |
| 6081 | Example : |
| 6082 | >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1 |
| 6083 | [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response |
| 6084 | src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1) |
| 6085 | response length 213 bytes, error at position 23: |
| 6086 | |
| 6087 | 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n |
| 6088 | 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n |
| 6089 | 00038 Location: blah\r\n |
| 6090 | 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b |
| 6091 | 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer, |
| 6092 | 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter |
| 6093 | 00204+ minal\r\n |
| 6094 | 00211 \r\n |
| 6095 | |
| 6096 | In the example above, we know that the backend "http-in" which has internal |
| 6097 | ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal |
| 6098 | ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and |
| 6099 | received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was |
| 6100 | 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This |
| 6101 | is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid |
| 6102 | HTTP character for a header name. |
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki | 2c6962c | 2008-03-02 02:42:14 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6103 | |
Willy Tarreau | 0ba2750 | 2007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100 | [diff] [blame] | 6104 | /* |
| 6105 | * Local variables: |
| 6106 | * fill-column: 79 |
| 6107 | * End: |
| 6108 | */ |